Comprehensive plan monitoring guidelines and resources for Oregon communities

[From the U.S. Government Printing Office, www.gpo.gov]

COMPREHENSIVE PLAN
MONITORING:

Guidelines and Resources for
Oregon Communities

Prepared for the Oregon Department of Land Conservatlon and Development
by Richard L.. Ragatz Associates, Inc.

Property of CSC Library

COMPREHENSIVE PLAN MONITORING

Guidelines and Resources For Oregon Communities

U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE NOAA
COASTAL SERVICES CENTER
2234 SOUTH HOBSON AVENUE
CHARLESTON, SC 29405-2413

Prepared for the Oregon Department of Land Conservation and Development by
Richard L Ragataz Associates, Inc., Eugene, Oregon.

March 1983

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This project benefited from suggestions and information provided by

many individuals throughout Oregon local, state and federal government. The

project advisory committee, consisting of Jim Carlson (LCOG), Mike Delapa

(CREST), John Andersen (Deschutes Co.), Maggie Collins (Yamhill Co.), Curt

Schneider (Clatsop Co.), Steve Bryant (Albany), John Fregonese (Ashland) and

Michael Houston (LOC) provided suggestions -and guidance early in the project,

and reviewed draft material and made recommendations for increasing the hand-

book's usefulness and accuracy. A number of staff members at the Department

of Land Conservation and Development also provided information, reviewed ma-

terials and offered useful suggestions, in particular Jim Claypool, the DLCD

project liason, Rosalyn Shirack, who served as liason during the project's

early phases, and Don Oswalt. The project team would also like to thank the

many other individuals in state, local and federal government who provided

information and materials on which the report is based.

The project team consisted of Richard Ferkins and Dean Runyan (project

manager) of Richard L. Ragatz Associates, Inc., Peter K. Watt, planning con-

sultant, and Robert Keith of the Bureau of Government Research and Service,

University of Oregon.

The preparation of this report was financed in part by funds from the

Oregon Department of Land Conservation and Development, and the Office of

Ocean and Coastal Resource Management, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Ad-

ministration, U.S. Department of Commerce.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

I. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Monitoring in a Comprehensive Planning Process . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Desirable Monitoring System Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Designing a Local Plan Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Handbook Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

II. THE ROLE OF MONITORING IN A COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING PROCESS . . . . . . 7

Monitoring in an Ongoing Comprehensive Planning Process . . . . . . . 8
Monitoring and Plan Goal Achievement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Monitoring in Jurisdictions of Different Type and Size . . . . . . . . 12

III. MONITORING DATA NEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Agricultural Lands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Forest Lands. * . * * - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Open Spaces, Scenic and Hi;toric A;eas and Natural Resources . . . . . 24
Air, Water and Land Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Natural Disasters and Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Recreational Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Local Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Public Facilities and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Energy Conservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Urbanization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Willamette River Greenway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Estuarine Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Coastal Shorelands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Beaches and Dunes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

IV. SOURCES OF MONITORING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Local Government Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
State Agency Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Federal Agency Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

V. BASIC MONITORING SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . 99

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Defining a Basic Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Published Data Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Administrative Records as Sources of Monitoring Data . . . . . . . . . 102
Data Collection Through Field Investigations or Interviews . . . . . . 104
An Example of a Manual Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)

Page

VI. APPLICATION OF THE MONITORING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

User's Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Application of Monitoring System to Plan Implementation . . . . . . . 137
Other Applications of Monitoring Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
General Conclusions Concerning Development and Implementation of a
Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

VII. AUTOMATED APPROACHES TO COMPREHENSIVE PLAN MONITORING . . . . . . . . 181

Feasibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
A Suggested Manual/Automated Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A: MONITORING SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND EXAMPLES . . . . . . . . . 195

APPENDIX B: AN EVALUATION OF THE POTENTIAL USE OF REAL PROPERTY
RECORDS FOR COMMUNITY PLANNING PURPOSES . . . . . . . . . 215

BIBLIOGRAPHY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . 238

LIST OF TABLES

Page

TABLE V-1: Primary Data Items and Sources: All Jurisdictions . . . ... . 106

TABLE V-2: Additional Primary Data Items and Sources: Urban Areas . . . Ill

TABLE V-3: Additional Data Items and Sources: Rural Areas . . . . . . . 112

TABLE V-4: Additional Data Items and Sources: Coastal Areas . . . . . . 114

TABLE V-5: Published Data Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

TABLE V-6: Administrative Record Data Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

TABLE VI-I: Monitoring Objectives, Rationale for Selection and Data
Items Needed for Monitoring in Lincoln County . . . . . . . . 150

TABLE VI-2: Monitoring Objectives, Rationale for Selection and Data
Items Needed for Monitoring in Newport . . . . . . . . . . . 160

TABLE VI-3: Data Items and Sources Matrix for Lincoln County . . . . . . 167

TABLE VI-4: Data Items and Sources Matrix for the City of Newport . . . . 175

TABLE VII-I: Generated Data Base Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

TABLE VII-2: Generated Data Base Variables Associated with Plan Monitor-
ing Data Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

APPENDICES

TABLE A-1: GLADS Primary Parcel Data File Contents . . . . . . . . . . . 204

TABLE A-2: Lake Oswego City Atlas Map Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

TABLE A-3: Lake Oswego Address File Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

TABLE A-4: LCOG Data System File Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

TABLE A-5: Lane Council of Government Planning Data System . . . . . . . 212

TABLE B-1: Number of Maps by Type by Study Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

TABLE B-2: Summary and Comparison of Land Use Areas . . . . . . . . . . 226

TABLE B-3: Summary and Comparison of Number of Housing Units . . . . . . 229

TABLE B-4: Comparison of General Zoning Categories with Assessor
Property Class (Area in Acres) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

LIST OF FIGURES

Page

FIGURE II-1: Monitoring in a Comprehensive Planning Process . . . . . . . 9

FIGURE 11-2: Primary Monitoring Inputs, Activities and Applications . . . 10

FIGURE VI-1: Building Permit Activity Record (New Construction,
Demolitions, Conversions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

1. INTRODUCTION

The planning process in Oregon has evolved from the promulgation of
goals and guidelines at the state level to a network of acknowledged
municipal and county comprehensive plans. With completion of the plan
preparation and acknowledgment process Oregon's communities will move into
a new phase of planning activity which emphasizes applying the comprehen-
sive plan structure to local development planning and policy decision-
making. An additional emerging concern is with adapting the acknowledged
plan to changing local and regional conditions and to changing community
preferences so as to maintain the viability and usefulness of the plan as
a guide to the development process.

This handbook has been prepared to assist local jurisdictions in
assuming the new responsibilities of monitoring the performance of their
comprehensive plan and developing efficient procedures for plan updating
and other adaptation as an integral part of plan implementation. The
emphasis throughout is on monitoring from the perspective of local
jurisdictions which seek to make the most productive use of their compre-
hensive planning process. Examples of primary local plan monitoring
concerns include ascertaining whether locally adopted plan goals are being
achieved, whether implementation policies are adequately effective, and
what plan updating is necessary given new conditions in the community.
The Land Conservation and Development Commission, in sponsoring this
document, seeks to help these communities capitalize on the unique compre-
hensive planning system which Oregon has developed, and to assure that this
system will be adapted as necessary to maintain its currency and usefulness.

Monitoring in a Comprehensive Planning Process

Monitoring is a process by which information is gathered during the
implementation of a comprehensive plan so as to judge the effectiveness and
desirability of plan policies. Monitoring activity is fundamental to com-
prehensive planning as an ongoing process: monitoring information provides
the basis for redirecting plan goals and policies and maintaining plan
relevance under changing conditions. Once a comprehensive plan has been
acknowledged planners must be able to evaluate the results of their
policies and recommendations. They also must be able to recognize when
plan changes are required to reflect economic, resource, demographic and
other trends in their community. Failure to monitor plan implementation
leads to plan obsolescence and to abandonment of the plan as a policy
document for local decision-making.

A plan monitoring system, adopted as one component of plan implementa-
tion, helps address several specific implementation needs:

1) Measure progress in achieving program and policy objectives;
2) Identify necessary plan updates and other changes in response
to changing community and regional conditions;
3) Provide information necessary for plan adaptation and updating;
4) Offer guidance for making specific policy and project decisions
at the local level;
5) Assess plan compliance with state goals and guidelines.

A monitoring system provides the information with which progress towards
plan objectives can be assessed, and also supports specific recommendations
for plan changes. Without some form of monitoring system in place the
planner is often forced to collect new data, such as inventory or community
conditions data, in order to develop recommendations.

Monitoring primarily involves collecting and analyzing pertinent data
in light of plan implementation needs. "Data," as used in this handbook,
refers to quantitative measurement of phenomena and relationships of
interest to the planner and decision-maker. In the following sections
"data items" refer to a variety of specific measurements. "Information" is
a more general term relating to data application for monitoring and other
needs.

Information is the result of aggregation, manipulation,
permutation, or any other set of statistical, mathematical, or
algorithmic change designed to reach some desired level of under-
standing. Information is what we get when we use data to arrive
at succinct and salient knowledge needed to solve a problem or
to show patterns or directions. (Catanese, 1979: 92)

A unique and important role of the planner involves translating and applying
information to the complex decision-making situations faced by local govern-
ment.

The most highly developed level of knowledge is intelligence,
which is the ability of our system to seize the essential
factors from complex information and data. It is this ability
that provides the decision makers with what they need to know.
(Catanese, 1979: 92)

With regard to monitoring, planners must strive to interpret the plan
implementation process and make detailed and well documented policy and
project approval recommendations. It is towards this end that a monitoring
data collection and analysis system should be developed at the local level.

Desirable Monitoring System Characteristics

The context created by the Oregon comprehensive planning process, and
the character of Oregon municipal and county governments, suggests certain

desirable characteristics for local plan monitoring systems.

1) Flexibility.

Shifting conditions and concerns at the local and regional level
dictate flexibility. Local jurisdictions should adopt monitoring
approaches which are adaptable to new issues and needs and variable
in scope and complexity so as to allow expansion and contraction as
available resources vary.

2) Long Range Investment.

To the greatest extent possible Jurisdictions should develop
monitoring data and analysis systems which can be sustained and
expanded in the future and which represent an investment in
community planning intelligence. Investments at the onset--such
as in data bases with future as well as present applications--
contribute to higher quality and more cost-effective planning in
the years ahead.

3) Data Reliability.

Planners and decision makers must have reasonable confidence in
the information on which planning recommendations are based.
Planning staff should first emphasize the collection and maintenance
of the most reliable and useful information data, expanding the
data collection to additional areas as time and resources allow.

4) Local Technical Expertise.

The collection, analysis and interpretation of planning data
requires technical expertise, the more so if computer-based
approaches are used. Local planning staffs should strive to expand
their knowledge and experience as necessary, and to avoid undue
dependence on outside assistance. Although in some circumstances a
certain amount of consultation may be useful, adopting monitoring
systems which necessitate ongoing dependence on such assistance may
hinder the ability to maintain and use the system in the future.

5) Minimum Cost.

Cost is an important concern, particularly since many of
monitoring's benefits are long-term. Planning staff can argue best
for financial support of those monitoring approaches which are cost
effective and compatible with other on-going planning activities.

6) Compatibility with State Planning Process.

Overall compliance with state-mandated goals and guidelines is to
be maintained at the local level. In addition, in the years ahead
acknowledgment will need to be maintained. Monitoring conducted at the
local level should aid the jurisdiction in addressing state goals and
maintaining acknowledgment status.

These factors guided the development of the monitoring approach which is
presented in the chapters which follow.

Designing a Local Plan Monitoring System

In light of the above factors the authors have prepared guidelines and
suggestions which allow a wide variety of local jurisdictions to enhance
their monitoring capability within the constraints imposed by their resource
limitations and with their particular monitoring needs in mind. Careful
attention has been paid to maintaining local level design flexibility. A
wide variety of data sources are described from which jurisdictions may
choose, and published and readily available administrative record sources
are stressed whenever possible so that costs can be minimized. The state
goals and guidelines are used to structure the monitoring system design so
as to facilitate coordination with eventual plan re-acknowledgment. Juris-
dictions are shown a step-by-step process by which they can identify their
highest priority monitoring needs and develop a system for collecting and
analyzing the necessary data. In addition, suggestions are included for
increased use of existing data sources which currently are not widely
utilized, in particular computerized assessor files available at the local
level.

The handbook discussion is aimed at local planning and management
officials and their consultants who have at least a minimal familiarity
with comprehensive plan preparation and implementation and the use of basic
planning data. It is assumed that officials in smaller communities who
have limited planning experience can locate plan monitoring assistance from
county or COG planning staffs, or perhaps from consultants. In certain
cases it may be appropriate for county or COG staff to systematically pro-
vide monitoring assistance to all smaller jurisdictions within their
boundaries, and this handbook is intended to serve as a resource for such
cooperative efforts.

Handbook Contents

Following this introduction, Chapter II discusses the role of monitor-
ing in a comprehensive planning process, in particular how monitoring
contributes to plan implementation and updating. The following three
chapters address specific aspects of monitoring system design. Chapter III
outlines data needs of monitoring with respect to local plan objectives.
Chapter IV reviews the sources with which these data needs can be met.
Chapter V explains how a monitoring system can be developed from the
information in Chapters III and IV along with application of available
published data, data gathered from local administrative records, and other
data as necessary. Following this, Chapter VI provides examples of monitor-
ing system development and application using the municipality of Newport
and Lincoln County for illustration. This chapter opens with a user's
guide which reviews the entire process of monitoring system development and
how this handbook can be best used as a resource. Finally, Chapter VII
discusses approaches to mechanizing certain aspects of a monitoring system,
in particular the application of tax assessment data from local sources.

5 1

Two appendices provide additional monitoring system detail. Appendix A
reviews basic planning data system principles and reviews examples of
planning data systems in Oregon in light of their monitoring capabilities.
Appendix B discusses the application of assessor's data to plan monitoring
and discusses the research conducted in order to estimate the accuracy of
these data for monitoring use. An annotated bibliography and glossary of
agency abbreviations used in this handbook are also included.

11. THE ROLE OF MONITORING IN A COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING PROCESS

Monitoring is an activity which a community undertakes in order to
implement its plans and policies in the most constructive and beneficial
manner. Monitoring information gathered by the implementing body provides
the intelligence by which the plan can be evaluated from the local perspec-
tive, applied most appropriately in a variety of policy development and
project approval decision-making situations, and adapted to changing local,
regional and national conditions. Without monitoring information on local
conditions and patterns of change a community is unable to fully understand
its own situation and context and to make the periodic policy and plan
alterations which are necessary.

In visualizing the role and value of monitoring activity it is usefu-1
to consider a comprehensive plan as a form of community investment. Exten-
sive effort goes into gathering the appropriate data, conducting the neces-
sary analysis, and deciding on the proper priorities among policies and
other plan elements. As time consuming and demanding as this process is,
however, its real benefits emerge only when these priorities and policies
begin to guide development in ways which meet plan goals and objectives.
Plan monitoring allows assessment of the extent to which goals and objec-
tives are being met and leads to suggestions for necessary adaptation of
plan implementation policies and measures. Without such monitoring and the
updating and adaptation which flow from it, a plan is an inflexible document
of little use which all too often becomes ignored in the process of
decision-making. Monitoring and plan updating therefore protects a
community's investment in its plan and planning process, building on the
plan as a resource in the process of guiding community development in
desirable ways.

The value of initiating and maintaining a monitoring system for a
particular jurisdiction relates to:

1) the complexity of the planning problems it faces and its ability
in the past to effectively address these problems;

2) the rate of change occurring in the community;

3) the value of the community's resources, particularly those upon
which its local economy is based; and

4) the variety and specificity of its coununiLy development
objectives.

Communities facing complex, rapidly changing situations, which rely
economically on valuable resources, and which have developed relatively
specific development objectives will benefit most rapidly from plan
monitoring. Many of the larger counties and municipalities in Oregon can
be described in the above terms, as well as certain smaller jurisdictions.
Those communities facing fewer and/or slower changes will still benefit
from monitoring as a component of their plan implementation process, but
will find that a relatively simple system may fit their needs adequately.

Monitoring in an Ongoing Comprehensive Planning Process

Monitoring is the component of a comprehensive planning process which
involves ongoing collection of a variety of important information. This
information also supports several other plan components. The role of
monitoring and the collection of information upon which it relies is
illustrated in figure 2-1. It shows that while a monitoring process
generally falls between plan implementation and plan updating, the collec-
tion of monitoring information supports plan preparation and updating
components as well as monitoring and evaluation itself.

The emphasis of a monitoring "system" is thus the systematic collection
of data which will be useful for plan evaluation and updating. Figure 2-2
shows the primary ways which these data are analyzed for monitoring purposes,
and the most common applications to which monitoring information is put.

Data Inputs

Monitoring is above all concerned with data needs and sources: the
inputs to a monitoring process. A particularly important concern is
describing the present and past conditions in a community or region. Such
measurement is in terms of quantities and/or capacities, or of qualities.
Quantities and capacities are amounts, such as of agricultural land,
housing supply, the available capacity in a public facility, employment, or
some other community characteristic. These aspects of a community's
condition tend to be relatively easy to visualize and describe. Describing
quality tends to be more difficult, however. Quality aspects include the
quality of the housing supply, the productivity of agricultural land
resources, the extent to which public facilities and services provide
satisfactory services,-and other factors which are sometimes fairly subjec-
tive and difficult to quantify.

Information on a community's conditions tends to be most useful in
establishing trends and tracking a community over a relatively long period
of time. These data relate to the community itself, describing physical,
economic or social attributes which are used to represent the community for
planning purposes.

Another primary monitoring concern, and a second type of information,
relates to the shorter-term dynamics of a community, in particular to the
political and other decision-making which serves to guide community develop-
ment. Such decisions include elected body decisions on annexations,

Policy and Plan MONITORING IN A COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING PROCESS
Priorities

Plan and
Policy
Preparation
PI U ating
and
Monitoring Adaptation
Data Collection
and Analysis

Acknowledgement

Monitoring and
Evaluation

Plan
Implementation

FIGURE II-1

changes, variances, partitions and other approvals which in turn affect the
quantities and qualities of community features, resources and facilities.
Rural land partition approvals, for example, affect both the quantities of
lands in agricultural use as well as the productivity (quality) of these
lands. State goals and guidelines in many cases are specifically concerned
with the consistency between a plan goal or objective and the decisions
made within a community which relate to that goal. Certain goals, such as
13 (Energy) and 15 (Willamette River Greenway) are phrased such that main-
taining this consistency constitutes the goal itself.

At the local level, however, the benefit of monitoring these shorter-
term dynamics is in providing very useful indications of trends which may
over time affect community conditions. Thus a community which monitors

Primary Monitoring inputs, Activities and Applications

Primary
Monitoring
Inputs* Activities Applications

Conditions: Identify Local Short- Document Goal
(e.g., Housing and and Long-Term Trends and Objectives
Land Inventories) Achievements
Compare Trends with
Dynamics: Plan Goals and Adapt Plan Policies
(e.g., Land Use Objectives and Implementation
Decisions) to Current Conditions
interpret Significant
Regional and National Critique Goals and
Trends in Light of Objectives and Make
Local Conditions Appropriate Alterations

Maintain Data Base
for Plan Update and
Other Local Purposes

*The input focus generally will be local, but regional and national conditions and dynamics can be important.

FIGURE 11-2

variances and zone changes might find an emerging pattern of housing density
which is in conflict with plan objectives but which would not become visible
for several years if only densities themselves were measured and tracked.
Furthermore, maintaining information on and analyzing these dynamics allows
a community to understand the components of change: how a community evolves
from one condition to another. Such information is very useful for planning
and policy purposes.

Information on regional and national conditions and dynamics may also
be very important in certain monitoring situations. Examples include
regional or national economic conditions, state or federal policies and
activities, resource market trends, or population migration trends. Shorter-
term dynamics in particular, such as decisions relating to public facilities

or other funding, resource management policies, or proposals for specific
developments, may have important local impacts.

Primary Monitoring Activities

Several activities form the core of a monitoring process. The first
and most important is identifying short and long-term trends in community
conditions which relate to plan goals and objectives. Examples include
watching changing patterns in the housing inventory and its quality, or
keeping track of available capacity in important public facilities. This
activity makes use of information on community conditions in particular for
longer-term trend analysis, and also on information regarding community
dynamics for identifying shorter-term trends which may be important.

Second, this trend information is compared to plan goals and objectives
in order to ascertain the extent to which these objectives are being met.
For example, are local trends in the agricultural land inventory and in
productivity consistent with an agricultural land preservation goal?

A third activity involves interpreting information on regional and
national trends in light of local conditions and the implementation of the
comprehensive plan. Will changing national timber, agricultural, or tourism
markets affect the need for housing in the community? Are changes in
national public facilities funding policies and priorities going to affect
the need or ability to pay for local facilities? Regional or national
trends may explain why certain plan goals and objectives are not being met
even though local policy appears to be well chosen and appropriate. Or,
such broader trends may suggest a review of objectives and perhaps the
choice of new targets or policies. Overall, tracking important conditions
and events outside the community recognizes that comprehensive planning
cannot be done in isolation; the plan must reflect regional and national
realities as well as the local situation in order to be useful for guiding
public policy.

Monitoring Applications

The results of monitoring relate directly to plan implementation and
adaptation. The primary applications within an ongoing comprehensive
planning process are as follows:

1) Documenting plan objective achievements. Without some form of
monitoring a community is unable to assess its own planning
performance.

2) Adapt plan policies and implementation procedures to current
community conditions. Monitoring output indicates whether
implementation strategies are adequate, and whether targets,
policies or other local plan components should be altered.
For example, monitoring may show that available land for
residential development is being developed faster than

anticipated, suggesting new annexation, zoning or other changes
to maintain the desired inventory level.

3) Critique plan goals and objectives. Monitoring may show that a
restatement of objectives may lead to more desirable patterns
of community development. Monitoring output provides documenta-
tion for discussions of such alterations in a comprehensive plan.

4) Maintain a data base supporting plan updating. Comprehensive
plan updating requires a variety of information on community
conditions. A community which monitors its plan on a systematic
basis will have the necessary updating material when it needs it
and can avoid special studies of community conditions in all but
areas of specialized need. This information base is also very
useful for preparing grant proposals, annual and other reports,
and other important documents, and in addition can support
private sector marketing analysis and development activity.

Establishing a plan monitoring process--identifying informational
inputs, establishing monitoring activities and applying the output to plan
implementation and updating--may take a variety of forms depending on a
jurisdiction's needs and resources, but in any event will serve to capital-
ize on the local investment in the comprehensive plan. The more that
monitoring and the associated updating takes place, the more the community
will maintain confidence in the plan as an appropriate and useful guide to
community development.

Monitoring and Plan Goal Achievement_

Given the possibility for conflict among the state-wide goals and
among the associated objectives chosen at the local level, it should be
clear that monitoring for plan objective achievement does not necessarily
imply that all goals and objectives should be "satisfied." A monitoring
system simply allows a jurisdiction to ascertain the extent to which chosen
objectives are being satisfied. Such knowledge facilltates local decision-
making regarding the relative priorities among goals and objectives and by
suggesting appropriate policy or implementation action which might best
reflect local preferences.

Oregon comprehensive planning legislation allows Jurisdictions to make
decisions which in fact work against certain goal compliance; for example,
annexations of rural resource lands needed for urban expansion. Monitoring
plays an important role in such a situation by assessing the extent to which
an objective is being compromised. Such information is useful for reviewing
and discussing the goals and objectives themselves, and for identifying the
tradeoffs which are being made in order to foster achievement of other plan
goals.

Monitoring in Jurisdictions of Different Type and Size
Although the value of comprehensive plan monitoring may be similar
within the various municipalities and counties in Oregon, the forms such

monitoring would take may vary considerably. Cities generally will emphasize
housing, public facilities and certain other goals, whereas counties will be
relatively more concerned with resources-related goals such as forestry and
agriculture. Coastal jurisdictions have a large set of concerns not shared
by non-coastal jurisdictions. And certain other jurisdictions, because of
their particular situation, may have planning and monitoring concerns which
are unique in the state.

The scope of monitoring activity will also vary across jurisdictions.
Smaller jurisdictions with limited resources should seek simple approaches
within their means. Larger jurisdictions can pursue more complex--and
generally more costly--approaches. All jurisdictions can potentially benefit
from cooperative arrangements, however, either among departments within the
county or municipality or with other units of government. Smaller juris-
dictions in particular can cooperate together or with their county
government. Such cooperation in planning activities is common throughout
Oregon, and both of the largest planning data systems in the state are
sponsored through municipal and county cooperation.

111. MONITORING DATA NEEDS

The first step a jurisdiction should take in establishing a monitoring
system is to determine what data it needs to monitor the implementation of
its comprehensive plan. The data items selected will vary among juris-
dictions due to differences in their size, type and function, in their plan
objectives and in their available resources. Jurisdictions may also elect
to begin monitoring particular high priority objectives first, following
with other objectives as circumstances and resources allow.

This chapter discusses the data needs associated with monitoring a
wide variety of comprehensive plan objectives, and refers to the sources
for these data. Chapter IV, Sources of Monitoring Data, discusses each of
these sources in greater detail.

In order to select useful monitoring data a jurisdiction must first
identify which objectives it wishes to monitor. The data collected and
maintained should relate directly to these objectives. In the following
section of this chapter data items are listed and described as to use,
limitations, and relative importance in monitoring the objectives associated
with each state-wide planning goal. Since each local jurisdiction has
chosen and phrased its objectives in a unique way, the objectives used here
for each state-wide goal area are chosen to represent how plan objectives
will most likely appear in most adopted local plans. Although in some
cases the thrust of local plan objectives may deviate somewhat from those
used here, the data items identified should serve under most circumstances.

One or more data items are identified for monitoring with respect to
each plan objective. Individual jurisdictions can use the selection of
data items included here when making choices about what is most important
to include in their own monitoring system. It is expected that in many
cases not all data items need to be included. Also, additional data items
may be useful if plan objectives are significantly different than those
used in this chapter, or if further additional monitoring emphasis is
placed on a particular goal area.

Finally, it is assumed that jurisdictions which are developing and
initiating monitoring systems have completed the basic inventories upon
which the comprehensive plan is based, in particular the inventories of
housing, resource land, vacant land and public facilities conditions.
These inventories constitute the basic descriptions of a community's
conditions and serve as a baseline for monitoring future changes. If juris-
dictions have not completed one or more of these inventories--for example,
if their plan acknowledgment was conditional upon inventory completion--the
community should proceed to fill this gap as a first step in developing a
monitoring capability.

The following sections are organized by state planning goal, beginning
with Goal 3. Each section opens with a general discussion of the goal and
the primary considerations related to monitoring it at the local level.
This is followed by a tabular listing of the primary objectives associated
with the goal and individual components under each objective with which the
objective can be monitored. For each component one or more data items are
listed, the means by which these data can be applied for monitoring purposes
and the most accessible data sources. Each data item is numbered for
reference in later chapters of this handbook. In addition, acronyms are
assigned to each source agency which minimize confusion between state and
federal agencies and which are used uniformly throughout the handbook.

A final paragraph in each section reviews the priorities among data
items which appear appropriate for most jurisdictions.

Three goals are not included in these sections: (1) Citizen Involve-
ment, (2) Land Use Planning, and (19) Ocean Resources. Both Goals I and 2
are important from a state perspective but at the local level relate to on-
going aspects of government which do not merit monitoring as part of the
comprehensive planning process (although their evaluation as components of
local government operations may certainly be appropriate). Goal 19 relates
to resources which are not within the domain of local government and there-
fore need not be a concern of comprehensive plan monitoring.

3. AGRICULTURAL LANDS

The State views land used for agriculture as an important physical,
economic, social and aesthetic resource. The intent of State-wide Planning
Goal 3 is to protect this resource and in particular maintain the agri-
cultural economy of the State. In order to fulfill the State's goal "to
preserve and maintain agricultural lands," local governments are required
to inventory those lands and to preserve as much of the land as possible by
zoning it for exclusive farm use (EFU). Once zoned, the land is to be
protected from actions which would reduce its agricultural production, such
as undesirable parcelization and the conversion of adjacent lands to
incompatible uses.

Given the State's objective concerning agricultural lands, it is
expected that acknowledged county comprehensive plans will contain an agri-
cultural plan element with objectives to keep lands classified in EFU zones
in farm use and to avoid land use actions or developments which would
significantly reduce the agricultural productivity of those lands. To
determine whether or not plan policies and land-use regulations are working
to achieve these objectives, the county government can monitor changes in
conditions as indicated by the data items described in the following Table.

Priorities

Of the three data items described in the following Table, the most
important in terms of availability and amount of useful information provided
is number of acres of land in EFU zones. These data are more easily
identified than changes in quantity and value of production, given available
data sources. The amount of land in EFU zones and the use of that land is
also the most direct and significant factor in agricultural production.

3. AGRICULTURAL LANDS

Component Data Item Applicat ions and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: KEEP EFU LANDS IN FARM USE AND MAINTAINTHEIR PRODUCTIVITY*
Retain EFU Number of acres added to Jurisdictions can use the data to maintain a cur-.Local planning records
zoned land. or subtracted from EFU rent inventory of amount of land included in EFU --building permits
zones. (3-1) ,zones. Developments and land use actions result- --conditional uses
ing in conversions of EFU land to non-farm use 7-zone changes
or addition of land to EFU zones can be recorded. --land divisions
Also the number of acres of land in farm use --plan amendments
identified in the comprehensive plan can be --capital improvements
compared on an annual basis with the results of State and federal agency
assessor's verification of land eligible for actions
special farm-use'tax deferred status. This --land acquisitions
latter comparison will not necessarily cover all --solid waste disposal 00
EFU land since permitted non-fam uses are not permits (ODEQ)
eligible for tax deferral. --surface mining permits
(DOGAMI)
--dike repair and bank
protection permits
(ODSL, COE)
@Assessor's records

Maintain Value and quantity of Changes in quantity and type of production can U.S. Census of Agriculture
productivity production from EFU- be monitored by comparing data in the compre- County Extension Office's
from EFU zoned land. (3-2) hensive plan with data from identified sources. Annual Report (USDA)
land. However, several factors unrelated to the com-r
prehensive plan such as weather, availability Assessor's records
of water for irrigation and land owner decisions Aerial photography
may affect production. These factors should be.
considered when@measuring,the effectiveness of
the plan.'

AGRICULTURAL LANDS (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Development and land use Jurisdictions also can monitor the type and Local planning records
actions approved on EFU- extent of development and activities permitted --(listed above)
zoned land and on in EFU zones and allowed on land lying State and federal agency
property adjacent to adjacent to EFU-zoned property so as to estimate actions
EFU-zoned land. (3-3) the impact on agricultural production from the (listed above)
EFU land. Estimates of negative impacts
accumulated over time may be used to evaluate Interviews
plan policies and implementation measures. --Extension agents
--Conservation Service
personnel
--farm owners
--local food processors

*This objective refers only to EFU-zoned land because of the State's emphasis on placing agricultural land in
that zone. Counties are likely to have agricultural land in other zones as well and for that reason may wish
to broaden this objective and the monitoring system to include those lands.

4. FOREST LANDS

The intent of Goal 4 is the retention of the Statets forest land base
for the production of wood fiber and the protection of other forest land
values such as fish and wildlife habitat, open space, visual and auditory
buffering of conflicting land uses, protection of watersheds and soil from
erosion, recreational opportunities, and livestock grazing.

For counties, the emphasis is on protection of the commercial forest
land base as an economic resource although other forest uses are to be
protected as well. Most counties have policies limiting non-forest uses,
encouraging increased productivity and long-term management on forest lands,
and establishing parcel size standards, as well as policies recognizing the
importance of other forest uses. Lands must be mapped by cubic foot site
class, and, based on this mapping, most jurisdictions have categorized their
forest lands according to productivity. Frequently different forest zoning
classifications are attached to forest land based on its productivity,
existing parcel sizes, or management limitations due to conflicting uses.

For cities, the emphasis is often on non-commercial uses of forest
lands; the scenic, fish, and wildlife values provided; the visual/auditory
buffers; and recreational resources although commercial values are recog-
nized for lands within the urban growth boundary. Cities may be motivated
to protect their municipal water sources on forest lands outside their
jurisdiction. Consequently, the monitoring objectives often differ between
cities and counties, although Goal requirements are identical. There is
considerable overlap between Goal 5 and Goal 4, especially in the realm of
non-commercial forest uses. Monitoring under Goal 5 (Natural Resources),
Goal 8 (Recreational Needs), and Goal 6 (Air, Land and Water Quality) will,
in most cases, result in adequate monitoring for non-commercial forest uses.

Therefore, the overall objective regarding forest lands is to maintain
forest lands in forest uses and avoid actions which adversely affect forest
land productivity. The data needs necessary to monitor for this objective
and its various components are outlined in the following Table.

Priorities

The priority attached to each of these suggested data items will depend
on: (1) the policies which the jurisdiction has adopted regarding forest
lands; and (2) the importance of the forest land base to the jurisdiction's
economy. Most jurisdictions will examine only the first three data items
listed to keep their inventory updated and then rely on the period publica-
tions of the Department of Forestry and federal agencies to evaluate the
general success of plan policies encouraging production. Jurisdictions
with heavy dependence on the timber industry should monitor those factors
which relate to the long-term economic impacts of changes in the forest land
base.'

4. FOREST LANDS

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: MAINTA14 FOREST LANDS IN FOREST USES AMD AVOID ACTIONS WHICH ADVERSELY
AFFECT FOREST LANDS PRODUCTIVITY
Forest land Number of acres added or Permits jurisdiction to keep an undated inven- Local planning records
in forest subtracted from each tory of forest land in different zones and to --zone changes
uses forest zone type by year. plot the location of development pressures. --plan amendments
(4-1) Will permit jurisdiction to monitor its supply Local planning records
of commercial forest land by cubic foot site --zone changes
class and to determine what quality of commer- --plan amendments
cial land is being lost to other uses or placed Referrals from state and
in less restrictive zones. This may have long- federal agencies
term economic implications to timber dependent --solid waste disposal
jurisdictions. Major limitations would be lack
of good cubic foot class mapping. permits (ODEQ)
--surface mining permits
(DOGAMI)
--dam construction (Army
Corps of Engineers)
--energy transmission
lines (ODOE, BPA)
Number of acres of public If a jurisdiction's wood products industry is U.S. Forest Service planning
forest lands devoted to dependent on public lands for timber, monitoring documents and Environmental
various forest uses. of public lands allocations will permit the jur- Impact Statements
(4-2) isdiction to estimate economic impacts and plan Bureau of Land Management
accordingly. These can be monitored through Environmental Impact
referrals by state and federal agencies and through Statements
review of Environmental Impact Statements.
Actions which Average parcel size on For counties with computerized systems the aver- Local planning records,
may adversely private forest lands (by age parcel size on forest land can be computed tax assessor files
affect ownership class where periodically (annually) and compared with measures
productivity possible). (4-3) of quality or productivity to evaluate the effect
of parcel size on productivity.

FOREST LANDS (continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Number of building Jurisdictions can monitor the-impact of,develop- Local building permit
permits by type approved ment they permit on forest lands on its long-term files
on forest lands (by productivity to evaluate the appropriateness of
geographical region) plan policies and implementing measures. For Local complaints
and associated measures instance, residential development and forest
of incompatability or fires by cause or complaints concerning timber Department of Forestry
producti vity. (4-4) related activities can be monitored simultan- data on fires by cause
eously to determine what affect, if any, the (ODOF Annual Report)
development has. This should be measured annually
over a period of five to ten years to evaluate
trends.

Management Measures of commercial If a good baseline inventory by cubic foot site Monitoring of local land
of timber timber production or class exists, an estimate of long-term produc- use actions and referrals
resources. theoretical productive tive capacity can be made and annual adjustments from state and federal
capacity of the juris- made based on additions or substractions from agencies (see above)
diction's commercial the forest land base. For Jurisdictions with
forest land. (4-5) high dependency on the timber industry, the Department of Forestry
employment,revenue and income impacts of the publication: "Estimating
changes in productivity can be measured annually. the Economic Consequences
Productivity measures are generalized and do not of Forest Land Lost to
account for unanticipated factors such as insect Alternative Uses" (ODOF)
or disease damage.
Number of acres:in This is an indicator of how well a jurisdic- Local tax assessor records
forest deferral by tion's policies encouraging long-term manage-
year (and by geo-- ment and productivity of private forest land
graphical region). are working.. To qualify for deferral, owner
(4-6) must meet minimum acreage and stocking require-,
ments, or have a forest management plan which
commits him to do so. Jurisdiction must control
for that acreage lost because previously deferred
property does not meet new statutory requirements.

FOREST LANDS (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Volume of timber har- Jurisdictions may have policies encouraging a Department of Fokestry's
vested by year by non-declining even-flow sustained yield manage- "Oregon Timber Harvest
ownership class. ment of forest lands. Monitoring harvest data Report" (ODOF)
(4-7) would permit evaluation. The major limitation
is lack of expertise at the local level to
accurately evaluate if the policy is being met.
Only county data is available.
Volume of growing Facilitates evaluation of plan policies encourag- U.S. Forest Service; Pacific
stock and saw timber ing increased productivity on forest lands. Northwest Forest and
on commerical forest Definition of commercial forest land in source Range Experiment Station
land by ownership material may differ from local jurisdiction's, Department of rorestry;
class. (4-8) but data will indicate long-term trends. Only L
regional estimates are available. "Oregon Timber Supply
Assessment"

5. OPEN SPACES, SCENIC AND HISTORIC AREAS AND NATURAL RESOURCES

The ultimate objective of Goal 5 is to conserve and protect resources
identified in the Goal for the use and enjoyment of future generations.
Local governments are required to consider the economic, social, environ-
mental, and energy (ESEE) consequences of competing needs and uses for
inventoried resources and make decisions in their plans regarding permitted
uses in these areas. Local governments, based on the analysis of ESEE
consequences, can either protect the specific Goal 5 resource from all
potentially conflicting uses, decide that it is not worthy of protection
and allow conflicting uses to occur, or balance the two by permitting some
potentially conflicting uses under certain clear and objective standards.

It is assumed that baseline inventories are completed, the ESEE conse-
quences of competing uses have been analyzed where those uses can be
anticipated, and a decision has been made as to whether or not to protect
the inventoried resource. The assumptions and data on which that decision
was based can be readily identified so that changes in needs and the avail-
ability of resources can be monitored. The following Table identified a
number of data items useful in monitoring natural resources.

Priorities

Most jurisdictions should concentrate on monitoring resources located
on private lands where a protection decision has been made to determine the
success of that decision in conserving the resource. Sites on public lands
are beyond the direct control of local governments but where the majority
of high-quality sites are on public lands, some monitoring should be
required. Realistically, jurisdictions should develop good baseline
inventories prior to initiating an overall monitoring system for Goal 5.

5. OPEN SPACES, SCENIC AND HISTORIC AREAS AND NATURAL RESOURCES

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: CONSERVE AND PROTECT THE RESOURCES IDENTIFIED IN THE GOAL FOR THE USE
AND ENJOYMENT OF FUTURE GENERATIONS
Development Record of development For designated sites, the tracking of development Local planning records
which could occuring on or imme- with simultaneous measures of resource quality --building permit files
impair the diately adjacent to will allow the jurisdiction to determine if the --land division files
quality or designated and inven- original protection decision should be re-eval- --sanitation permits
useability toried Goal 5 sites by uated. For non-protected sites, monitoring of State or federal permits
of designated type of resource, status development decisions will permit a current in- --forest practices
Goal 5 of site, and type of ventory of resource quality and an estimate of permits (ODOF)
resources. development. (5-1) the effect of various types of development on --hydropower development
n
resource quality. permits and licenses
(FERC, ODWR)
--fill and removal permits
(ODSL)
--transmission facilities
(EFSC)
--sanitation permits
(ODEQ)

Objective: MAINTAIN A CURRENT INVENTORY OF GOAL 5 RESOURCES
Open space. Acres added or subtracted The definition of what constitutes needed or Local planning records
from the open space desirable open space varies by jurisdiction. --plan amendments
inventory. (5-2) Often this is synonomous with other Goal 5 --zone changes
categories (i.e., wetlands, wildlife habitats) --building permits
or designated farm and forest lands. As develop- --land divisions
ment removes open space or will potentially remove
it, acreage should be removed from the invefttory.
Mineral and Changes in the supply Monitoring both supply and demand and the location Department of Geology and
aggregate of or demand for mineral of demand will permit the jurisdiction to deter- Mineral Industries
resources. and aggregate resources mine if the supply zoned for use is adequate and --exemptions and permits
by type. (5-3) may prompt increased protection of known resources, issued for extraction
especially aggregate resources. Demand can vary --magazine Oregon Geology
considerably from year to year, and geographical --Special Paper 5
relationships between supply and demand are Federal, state and local
critical. Data on supply is very limited. capital improvement plans

OPEN SPACES, SCENIC AND HISTORICAL AREAS AND NATURAL RESOURCES (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

--public works departments
--Oregon Department of
Transportation
--Federal Highway
Administration
--Army Corps of Engineers
(dam construction)
Fish and wild- Changes in the number of Allows for a current inventory of habitat while Local planning records
life habitats acres or stream miles in simultaneously measuring the "quality" of the --building permits
and areas. various habitat types and habitat; the number of animals or species it can --zone changes
associated inventories of support. Emphasis will probably be placed on --plan amendments
animals supported. (5-4) big game habitat and numbers and special habitat --conditional use permits
types where best inventories are maintained by --land divisions
ODFW. State or federal permits
--Fill and Removal Permits
(ODSL)
--Army Corps permits
--Forest Practices Permits
(ODOF)
ODFW local offices

Natural areas Changes in number of Besides maintaining a current inventory, this Oregon Nature Conservancy
acres in or proposed for allows jurisdiction to determine the relative U.S. Forest Service National
natural area status. quality and quantity of similar types of natural Forest Offices
(5-5) areas within its jurisdiction. This data may Bureau of Land Management
modify protection decisions concerning currently District Offices
inventoried or designated sites. Native Plant Society local
chapters
Audubon Society local
chapters
outstanding Changesin status or This category is highly subjective and most Oregon Department of
scenic views quality of scenic areas. jurisdictions rely on state or federal desig- Transportation
and sites. (5-6) nations or programs to define scenic areas, --scenic highway desig-
although some have specif ic development standards nations
for scenic areas. If state or federal designa- U.S. Forest Service or

OPEN SPACES, SCENIC AND HISTORICAL AREAS AND NATURAL RESOURCES (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

tions change, these may have an impact on the Bureau of Land Management
local protection decision or mechanism. --landscape quality ratings
Water areas, Changes in the number of Additions can come from identification of new U.S% Department of Interior
wetlands and acres of inventoried wetland areas while subtractions can come by --onqoinc@ national wetland
watersheds. wetlands by type. (5-7) virtue of land use decisions which result in inventory
filling, drainage or degredation. An inventory Local planning records
by type indicates the relative scarcity of each --permits for drainage
and may influence decisions concerning protection. projects
Changes in groundwater Allows local governments to assess the cumulative Fill and Removal permits
resource quantity by impacts of land use decisions on groundwater (ODSL)
critical groundwater availability. State Water Resources
area. (5-8) Department and U.S. Geological
Survey
--well logs
--minimum stream flows
Local watermasters
Wilderness Additions (or subtrac- Actual and potential additions or subtractions Rare II and other wilderness
areas. tions) from the wilder- permits maintenance of a current inventory and planning documents. (USFS)
ness system. (5-9) long-term recreational planning.
Historic Additions or deletions Sites on the National Inventory must meet Oregon Department of
areas, sites to the National Inventory established standards and therefore represent Transportation, Parks
and struc- or to the State Inventory. the best inventory of quality sites. Those Division
tures. (5-10) on the State Inventory do not have standards Local historical societies
although data on the site are available.
Cultural Changes in the status of New archeological finds are made occasionally State Archeologist, University
areas. archeological sites or and sites may be deleted as they are excavated of Oregon Museum of Natural
addition or deletion of or destroyed. Excavation will also yield infor- History
inventoried sites. mation on the quality of a site which will
(5-11) impact the protection decision.

OPEN SPACES, SCENIC AND HISTORICAL AREAS AND NATURAL RESOURCES (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Potential Changes in status of Maintain a current inventory and aid in Oregon Department of
and approved trails or additions decisions concerning land use regulations Transportation, Parks
Oregon to the proposed for protection. Division
recreation system. (5-12)
trails.

Potential Changes in status of Maintain a current inventory and aid in Oregon Department of
and approved rivers or additions to decisions concerning land use designations. Transportation, Parks
wild and the state or federal Division
scenic systems. (5-13)
waterways
and state
scenic
IN)
waterways. 00

6. AIR, WATER AND LAND RESOURCES

Maintaining the quality of air, water and land resources is a long-
standing State objective and the prime function of the Department of
Environmental Quality (DEQ). DEQ administers the State's programs for
controlling waste and process discharges.that might degrade resource
quality. The programs consist of State and federal statutes, rules and
standards for environmental quality, and permit systems to assure that the
standards are achieved and maintained. State-wide Planning Goal 6 emphasizes
DEQ's programs and requires support of them through local comprehensive plans
and land use regulations.

The clear objective stated within Goal 6 and the objective which
acknowledged comprehensive plans should contain is to avoid actions which
would violate, or threaten to violate, applicable state or federal environ-
mental quality statutes, rules and standards. In order to find out if the
comprehensive plan and its implementing regulations are serving to achieve
this objective, local jurisdictions can use the data described in the
following Table.

Priorities

Since DEQ administers the programs to maintain resource quality and
monitors changes in quality, local government effort should be directed
primarily at ensuring that developments having waste and process discharges
satisfy state permit requirements. However, local jurisdictions also can
monitor changes in resource quality in their own areas by obtaining avail-
able data from DEQ and other sources.

6. AIR, WATER AND LAND RESOURCES

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: AVOID ACTIONS WHICH WOULD VIOLATE ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STATUTES,
RULES AND STANDARDS

Changes in Changes in resource Jurisdictions can monitor indicators of resource ODEQ Annual Reports on
resource quality variables. quality over time to identify direction and Air Quality and Solid
quality. (6-1) degree of change. For water quality--monitor Waste and Status Report
turbidity, temperature, B.O.D., D.O., suspended on Water Quality, 1981
sediments and P.H. For air quality--monitor Unpublished data generated
particulate matter (PM) and carbon monoxide (CO). by ODEQ monitoring efforts
Results of this effort may be used to indicate
a need to improve state standards. Water quality data from
gauging stations (Water
Resources Division, USGS)
ODEQ permit Type and location of Local governments can maintain an active file Local planning records Li
requirements developments and on developments and activities that-create a --building permits 0
activities requiring waste or process dischargeto verify whether or --capital improvement
an ODEQ permit. (6-2) not they-receive the appropriate permit approval projects
from DEQ and to identify potential/estimated ODEQ permit notification
impact on resource quality. sign-off forms and permit
records

*The State Implementation Plan for air quality and the State-wide Water Quality Management Plan, the details
of which are outlined in Handbook For Environmental Quality Elements of Land Use Plans (Salem: ODEQ 1978), identify
standards with which land use actions should conform.

7. NATURAL DISASTERS AND HAZARDS

. The State's objective in Goal 7 is to prohibit development from
occurring in known areas of natural disaster and hazard unless appropriate
safeguards are established to protect life and property. Local governments
are required to inventory areas of natural disaster and hazard. Also, it is
left to local governments to determine whether or not safeguards are adequate
or appropriate. Oftentimes, safeguards are established in the form of
development standards which are derived from Department of Geology and
Mineral Industries publications and the National Flood Insurance Program's
requirements.

With an inventory of known areas of natural disasters and hazards and
a degree of uncertainty whether or not safeguards are adequate or appropri-
ate, acknowledged comprehensive plans are likely to have an objective to
prohibit any development subject to damage or loss of life within known
hazard areas unless it complies with all reasonable safeguards. To discover
if the plan and land use regulations are achieving this objective, it is
necessary for local governments to monitor the number and types of develop-
ment allowed in hazardous areas and to estimate the effect of the applied
safeguards.

Priorities

Establishing the appropriateness and adequacy of safeguards for differ-
ent types of development subject to different types of natural disasters
and hazards requires technical expertise and considerable experience. This
task is best assigned to federal and State agencies rather than to local
governments. Thus, in establishing a monitoring system, it is more
important that local jurisdictions assemble information that indicates the
extent to which developments are allowed in known hazardous areas, the
conditions applied and the identification of previously uninventoried
hazardous areas.

7. NATURAL DISASTERS AND HAZARDS

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: PROHIBIT DEVELOPMENT SUBJECT TO DAMAGE OR LOSS OF LIFE WITHIN KNOWN HAZARD
AREAS UNLESS IT COMPLIES WITH SAFEGUARDS
Known Location, nature and To determine over time whether or not applied Media
hazard extent of natural safeguards are effective in reducing or prevent- Interviews and reports
areas. disasters or hazards. ing property damage and loss of life, local --geologists and
(7-1) governments can monitor and record data concern- representatives of
ing type of hazard, extent of damage and injury DOGAMI, ODOT, COE and
and type of safeguard, if any, in effect at time universities
of the natural event. Also, jurisdictions may
update inventory information when hazards or
disasters occur.

Lo
Reasonable Type and location of Jurisdictions can update and improve their inven- Local planning records
safeguards. developments and type tories of known hazard areas and can expand their --building permits
of safeguards required. knowledge of appropriate safeguards by maintaining --capital improvement
(7-2) a file on developments and required safeguards by projects
type and location of known hazard. When local --land divisions
governments require site investigations to deter- --conditional use permits
mine development feasibility, the data obtained --zone changes
can be added to the inventory and used to update State and federal actions
plans and ordinances. --facility plans/projects
--permits/licenses
State and federal publications
--DOGAMI Bulletins/
periodical
--HUD National Flood
Insurance Program
--COE Geology and
Emergency Services
Branches studies and
reports on dams

8. RECREATIONAL NEEDS

The objective of Goal 8 is to meet the current and future demand for
recreational "facilities areas and opportunities" by residents of and
visitors to Oregon. This demand is to be met in coordination with private
enterprise, in "appropriate proportions," and in a way consistent with the
ability of the resource to accommodate the use. Local jurisdictions should
monitor both factors of supply and demand for the various recreational
facilities and areas defined in the Goal to determine if demand is increas-
ing or decreasing for the various recreational needs, if use is consistent
with the carrying capacity of the resource, or if new recreational supplies
are necessary. Some jurisdictions rely heavily on tourism as an economic
development option and as a consequence are concerned with monitoring the
economic costs and benefits of recreational facilities.

Policies vary considerably from jurisdiction to jurisdiction so data
items included in this section may not apply in every jurisdiction. It is
assumed that local governments have defined the meaning of terms such as
11appropriate proportions" and "consistent with the ability of the resource
to accommodate the use" so that the success of implementing mechanisms in
achieving these objectives can be measured. The overall objective of
Goal 8 is to maintain an appropriate balance between the demand for and the
supply of recreational resources.

The data items appropriate for monitoring this objective relate to
either the demand for or supply of recreational resources and are outlined
in the following Table.

Priorities

The priorities will vary according to whether or not the jurisdiction
is a city or a county, the reliance on state and federal lands for recrea-
tional opportunities and the natural attributes of the jurisdiction. The
degree of reliance on tourism as an economic development option will also
affect priorities attached to various data items. It is expected that most
jurisdictions will concentrate on monitoring public recreational facilities
over which they exercise more direct control in development (local parks and
recreation facilities) rather than on private facilities or state or federal
lands.

8. RECREATIONAL NEEDS

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: MAINTAIN AN APPROPRIATE BALANCE BETWEEN THE DEMAND FOR AND THE SUPPLY
OF RECREATIONAL RESOURCES
Demand Visitation at parks and Use to identify trends in demand for various Oregon Department of
Use of campgrounds by type of facilities by examining day use versus overnight Transportation, Parks
recreational visitation and public use and types of camping facilities sought. Division
facilities versus private Examine seasonality of use and peak use to deter- U.S. Forest Service
facilities. (8-1) mine infrastructure needs. Origin data will Recreational Information
assist in identification of economic impacts and Management Data
separates local demand from tourist demand.
Bureau of Land Management
Army Corps of Engineers
Private camping facilities-
operators
Local parks departments
Visitation at tourist Most museums or walk-through facilities main- Museums, public and private
attractions and special tain guest registers which provide data on Historical and cultural
use facilities. (8-2) origin of visitors as well as visitor volume. attractions which charge
Counts are also 'maintained at both public and admission
private facilities which charge admission, such
as'golf courses, swimming pools, or health and Public and private recrea-
racquet facilities. A high level of demand tionallfacilities charging
should be taken into account in consideration admission
of approvals for new facilities and in land
use allocations.
Boating use by type,and Can indicate areas of exc ess demand or conflict- State Marine Board
by water body. (8-3) ipg recreational activities and the types of
developed facilities needed. May also high-
light areas where use is light which are suit-
able for further development.
Number of hunter or Shows heavily fished or hunted areas which may Oregon Department of Fish
angler days per year. receive overuse. May indicate need to develop and Wildlife, Annual
(8-4) access of other areas or restrict access to some Reports
overused areas.

RECREATIONAL NEEDS (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

occupancy rates by Useful for determining if the supply of motel Room tax receipts
season, at transient and hotel rooms is adequate to meet peak seasonal Hotel/Motel owners association
accommodations. (8-5) demand for different quality accommodations and
for estimating the economic impacts of tourism. Convention and Visitors
The data should be collected for different price Bureaus
categories and service levels to be of utmost Chambers of Commerce
value. Data are generally proprietary and may
be difficult to collect except in aggregate form.
Supply of Changes in the supply of This permits jurisdiction to maintain a current Department of Transportation
various park land and associated inventory of facilities and to assess public Parks Division
recreational recreati nal facilities expenditures for new facilities based on what U.S. Forest Service National
areas, by type. (8-6) is in demand and what is currently supplied. Forest Planning documents
facilities and inventories
and
opportunities. Bureau of Land Management Ln
Planning documents and
inventories

Local parks and recreation
departments
Private camping facility
operators
Army Corps of Engineers
Changes in the supply of This can be compared with data on boat usage Local planning records
boat mooring/launching to determine if it will be necessary to develop --building permits
facilities by type and or allow development of added moorage facilities Federal or state permits
area. (8-7) at given locations. This should include both --Army Corps 404 or
public and private facilities. Primary limita- Section 10 permits
tion may be the lack of a baseline inventory --Division of State Lands
which to update. leases

RECREATIONAL NEEDS (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Changes in the number of For jurisdictions concerned with tourism as an Local planning records
hotel and motel accommoda- economic development option knowledge of the --building permits
tions by size of facility supply of transient accommodations is necessary
and price range and ser- to market the area for different uses such as
vice level. (8-8) conventions or conferences. Local governments
are often involved in providing support facilities
and can develop land use policy which encourages
development. Monitoring the supply helps to
determine if such policy is needed or, where
existing, effective. The data are also essential
in ensuring the accuracy of demand estimates made
using room tax receipts.
Quality Measures of Surveys of satisfaction levels can aid in Satisfaction surveys
measures. expressed identifying conflicting uses and point toward --State Parks Division (ODOT)
satisfaction. (8-9) either development of other facilities or --Local parks and
Recreational modification of policy. recreation departments
facilities Indicators of abuse or These are means of rating the quality of the Federal, state and local
in appropriate of facilities. recreational resource over time in response to agencies responsible for
proportions - 0 demand. Would include indices such as overfish- maintenance and
consistent with ing, erosion damage, soil compaction on trails, administration.
capacity of destruction of vegetation, etc. These factors
the reso .urce. may be indicative of the need for expanding
facilities or in identifying the appropriate level
of use for existing facilities.

Room tax revenues can be used to estimate both volume changes in visitation and seasonal changes in occupancy
if the data are collected monthly and changes in both the tax rate over time and increases in the supply of
rooms are controlled for. These taxes are collected locally although the agency responsible for collection will
vary by jurisdiction.
2This data should be assembled by category using quantitative indicators which can be compared with demand figures.
Examples include number of RV sites (serviced and unserviced) by ownership class (public and private). Counties
and many larger cities will also want to examine the geographical location of facilities to ensure accessibility
and relationship to demanded locations. Other examples include miles of recreational trails, number of picnic sites,
number of campsites, etc.

9. LOCAL ECONOMY

The health of the local economy is a primary concern for most juris-
dictions. Areas with "underutilized human and natural resource capabilities"
in particular are identified by the State for economic development emphasis.
Such areas are characterized by lagging industrial and service sectors and
high unemployment, and often are heavily specialized in industries with
stable or shrinking markets.

The means by which local or regional government influences economic
activities generally are indirect. Most initiative for business development
or expansion lies outside the public sector. Government assists primarily
by assuring that necessary resources, in particular land and public facili-
ties, are available and do not hinder private sector initiatives. Under
certain conditions, some jurisdictions take additional steps, including
providing financing, employee training, or other direct support, or by
assuring that local government decisions regarding land use controls,
permits, etc., are as supportive of desirable development as possible.

This section focuses primarily on monitoring local and regional
economic conditions and forecasts and on developable land availability.
Other sections which often relate to local economic conditions and which
should be read in conjunction with this section include Public Facilities
and Services and the sections on Agricultural, Forest and Natural Resources.

Priorities

Maintaining a developable c- ercial and industrial lands inventory,
plus estimates of employment trends, is most important for most jurisdic-
tions. These data items provide the primary documentation of local
conditions upon which plan policy and implementation can be based. The
other information included here is also very important, however, in particu-
lar for monitoring short-term development dynamics.

9. LOCAL ECONOMY

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: MAINTAIN THE HEALTH OF THE LOCAL ECONOMY
Local economic Employment by industrv. Employment totals show the level of economic Department of Human
activity. (9-1) activity. Employment distribution among types Resources (ODHR)
of firms and changes in this distribution show U.S. Census Bureau
sectors of growth and decline. Employment
increases or desirable changes in employment Bonneville Power
distribution among sectors can indicate whether Administration
or not land resource availability is hindering Department of Economic
development. Employment growth rates and other Development (ODED)
trends for leading sectors indicate future land
needs in terms of quantity, location and other
characteristics. These needs can be compared
to the available land inventory. It is important 00
to compare local employment trends with regional
or national trends since outside forces may
dictate local conditions, rather than local
factors such as land availability.
Local economic Employment distribution Diversification is measured by the spread of Department of Human
diversifi- by sector. (9-2) employment across economic sectors. A useful Resources (ODHR)
cation. approach is to track the distribution of U.S. Census Bureau
employment by SIC category, looking for signi- --County Business
ficant changes over time. Average firm size Patterns
distributions can also be monitored to assess
whether employment in small or intermediate
size firms is increasing.

Objective: ASSURE THAT ADEQUATE LAND RESOURCES ARE AVAILABLE FOR DESIRED
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT
Land develop- Amount and location of The rate at which land is coming under commercial Local planning records
ment activity. recent land development. and industrial use, and its location, indicate --building permits
(9-3) whether policies regarding the direction of --conditional use permits
development are being met and where additional --demolition permits
lands may be needed in the future. it is also
useful to track converted land characteristics
including parcel sizes, soils, and transportation
access.

LOCAL ECONOMY (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Local Amount, location and type Any significant new development trends or Local planning records
development of potential new commer- potential activity may generate new or different --PUD, subdivision,
initiatives. cial or industrial land demands. Examples include industrial variance, other requests
development. (9-4) attraction activities and development initatives Local news media
by large landholders. Information sources are Contact with landowners
scarce and largely consist of informal contacts and developers
with a variety of people and organizations.
Chambers of Commerce

Port Authorities and other
development agencies
Developable Amount and location of An up-to-date inventory of developable lands is Local planning records
land developable commercial fundamental to monitoring this objective. The Department of Economic
resources. and industrial land. inventory should include all available sites by Development (ODED)
(9-5) location, parcel characteristics, services avail-
ability, zone and plan district, and any other
variables which are useful for describing parcel
characteristics. Each community should judge
whether the available land inventory is adequate
given the nature and dynamics of its local and
regional economy.

Developing and maintaining this inventory is
discussed in the chapter which follows.

10. HOUSING

The intent of State-wide Goal 10 and the two administrative rules
which implement it (OAR 660-07-000, OAR 660-08-000) is to provide for the
housing needs of all citizens of the State. To ensure that housing needs
continue to be met and that housing is affordable, local governments should
monitor the indicators of both housing supply and housing demand in the
planning area. This will require monitoring changing housing needs (changes
in income levels or distribution, household size, age structure, etc.), and
changes in the housing stock and in the buildable lands inventory. Through
periodic comparison of housing needs with the allocation of land devoted to
various housing types and densities, the jurisdiction will be able to
determine if changes are necessary in zoning allocations or density
standards, or if modification to the supply of buildable lands is necessary
through plan amendment or annexation. In this latter objective, there is
considerable overlap with Goal 14, the urbanization goal.

Local governments may have other, more specific objectives relating to
Goal 10. The data needed to monitor supply and demand factors are also
useful when preparing a Housing Assistance Plan or Housing Market Analysis
to be used to secure housing assistance from State or Federal agencies.

Since processing time for development applications is related to
housing costs, local governments may also choose to monitor approval time
for various types of residential development to determine if changes in the
approval standards are warranted.

Although Goal 10 applies to both cities and counties, the emphasis is
on cities, since cities are charged with planning for the majority of growth.
The overall objective of Goal 10 policies should be to provide affordable
housing for all residents of the jurisdiction.

It is assumed that the urban growth boundary at the time of plan
adoption included sufficient land allocated to residential development of
various types and densities to meet projected housing needs for the planning
period, and that zoning allocations, in terms of both housing type and
maxf-u- allowable density, are sufficient to meet identified housing needs
for the immediate future. Also, where appropriate, these allocations
should be coordinated with regional needs as required by ORS 660-07-000.

The following Table summarizes data needs for monitoring both housing
supply and demand.

Priorities

Provision of adequate and affordable housing is a fundamental goal of
each city in Oregon and-all of the data listed is essential in monitoring
the community's demand for housing and its ability to meet that demand in
an affordable way. The vast majority of data is available either through
local records or through contacting state or federal agencies for estimates.
Due to limitations of measurement, housing condition data is of a lower
priority than other items.

10. HOUSING

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: PROVIDE AFFORDABLE HOUSING FOR ALL RESIDENTS OF THE JURISDICTION

SUPPLY
Supply of Number of housing units Data allows monitoring of housing supplyto deter- Local planning records
buildable added to or subtracted mine if needed housing types are being supplied --building permit files
land and from the total housing when compared with data on demand characteristics.
housing supply by housing type The buildable lands inventory can be updated by
stock of and size of unit. (10-1) removing built upon acreage from the inventory as
all types building permits receive final approval. If
and cost development is mapped, the suitability of land
ranges in the inventory can be assessed.
Number of acres zoned or To track the allocation of acreage to various Local planning records
planned for residential housing types and changes in overall densities --plan amendments
development by type and through monitoring of land use actions. Changes --annexations
maximum densities. in allocations may mean that housing types will --zone changes
(10-2) have to be accommodated elsewhere or that the --conditional use permits
original assumptions on which allocations were
made will have to be modified.
Residential vacancy rates An annual monitoring of vacancy rates will allow Department of Housing and
by tenure and housing jurisdictions to tell if the housing supply is Urban Development (area
type. (10-3) keeping pace with demand. Vacancy rate data is office)
limited in many jurisdictions. State Housing Division

Portland General Electric

Pacific Gas and Electric
Housing costs by type. Annual estimates of rent levels and sales costs Classified ads in local
(10-4) by type of housing is compared with resident in- newspapers
come distribution to determine the affordability State Housing Division
of the housing stock. Estimates should be made
monthly to separate seasonal fluctuations from Ben Franklin Savings and
annual changes. Loan report

HOUSING (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Condition of housing Will assist in determining the replacement Assessor files on "percent
stock by geographical rate for housing and the areas in need of good"
area. (10-5) varying degrees of rehabilitation. Difficult
to measure accurately and objectively except
at most basic level (i.e., units with in-
adequate or non-existent heat, plumbing, hot Census of Housing (USDC)
water, etc.). Care should be taken to under-
stand full limitations of measures. Assessors
data on percent good can be consolidated into
categories by geographical area and number of
units summarized by category.
Consistency Differences between involves monitoring land use actions and building Local planning records
of cumulative maximum allowable permits to determine if densities approved and --subdivision files
decisions with densities and actual built upon are less than maximum allowable --partition files
planned densities occurring at densities on which urban growth boundary and --building permit files
densities. buildout. (10-6) residential allocations were based. Large
discrepancy may indicate ineffective plan
policies or implementing measures or lack of
demand for higher density housing.
DEMAND
Changes in Changes in average house- Changes in long-term trends in average house- Portland State University
demand for hold size trends. (10-7) hold size will necessitate re-evaluation of Center for Population
housing. land allocations to residential uses and Research and Census
densities. A decline in average household
size beyond that projected by the plan may
indicate a need for more dwelling units than
allocated.
Average household If household income is increasing more slowly State Housing Division
income and income than housing costs or if substantial changes economist for Oregon
distribution. (10-8) are occurring in the distribution of household Department of Revenue
income,re-allocation of housing types, data.
changes in density or other measures to in- Department of Housing and
sure affordable housing will be required. Urban Development, area
Data are limited and 'based on assumptions office.
which must be critically evaluated.

HOUSING (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Numbers of "special" These population subgroups have special housing State Housing Division
households, i.e., needs which the Plan should account for. Changes Oregon Department of
handicapped, low income, in numbers of these groups over time may Revenue
and elderly. (10-9) necessitate special programs or implementing
measures. The 1980 Census data is a good source Local social service
but will diminish considerably in value over agencies
time. Low income household data are most easily
gathered through tax records, but are only avail-
able by county.
OTHER
Standards Residential application Monitoring the time from receipt of application Local planning records
regarding processing time by type to final approval for various types of land use --zone changes
approval of housing unit and land actions will show where it is necessary to reduce --conditional use permits
of housing use action. (10-10) approval time through clearer and more objective --planned unit development
development. approval criteria. Can be summarized annually --subdivisions/partitions
in matrix form examining land use actions accord- --plan amendments
ing to the types of residential development under --annexations
consideration (i.e., multi-family, mobile home,
single family).

11. PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES

Providing public facilities and-services is one of the most important
and costly functions of local government. The State goal in this area
focuses on providing these facilities and services efficiently. Facilities
development should be tied to a Capital Improvement Planning process, and
facilities and services should be located and scheduled so as to avoid
fostering undesirable development in rural areas. The coordination of
facilities development is also stressed so as to avoid providing one or a
few services until all necessary services can be provided at once. Facili-
ties and service should also relate to the location, type and rate of
planned growth as stipulated in the comprehensive plan.

Local jurisdictions commonly have relatively good control over facili-
ties and services planning, and can coordinate future expansion with planned
residential, commercial and industrial development. The facilities and
services rubric encompasses a variety of activities, however, making gener-
alizations about objectives and measurements difficult. Moreover, certain
facilities, notably sewers and water supply, are generally of higher
priority both for local government comprehensive planning and with respect
to plan review at the state level. For these reasons, the objectives below
are stated fairly generally.

It is assumed that while additional measures can be used for many
service areas, monitoring in such detail is generally the responsibility of
the public works, service, and other functional departments. If such
detail is desired for comrehensive plan monitoring purposes, these depart-
ments may be asked to provide the necessary data.

Priorities

Highest priority should be placed on monitoring available capacities
in the facilities and service areas which are most important given local
conditions. Wastewater and schools are particularly important for munici-
palities or counties undergoing urbanization. Local conditions may also
dictate monitoring other conditions and capacities, such as water supply
and quality for locations with limited supplies. Monitoring development
approvals for consistency with available capacities is also important in
areas experiencing development pressures. All communities should monitor
service extensions sufficiently to ascertain the level of coordination
among service agencies.

11. PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: PLAN FOR AND MAINTAIN ADEQUATE LEVELS OF SERVICE FOR URBAN,
RURAL AND URBANIZING LANDS
Wastewater Available treatment Used in combination with average household and Local agency records
collection capacity. (11-1) other demand and population estimates to fore- Department of Environmental
and treatment. cast facilities needs. Quality (ODEQ)
Number and percent house- Represents potential unmet need within the Local agency records
holds unserved. (11-2) community, depending on circumstances.
Development approvals by Assure that the quantity, location and Local planning records
type and location. (11-3) general pattern of approvals is consistent
with current and planned service capacity.
Frequency of overload. Overloads signify insufficient capacity and/ Local agency records ttn'
(11-4) or storm water intrusion into the sanitary
collection system.
Water supply. Available source, treat- Used in combination with average unit demand Local agency records
ment and pumping and population estimates to forecast facilities
capacities. (11-5) needs; attention should be paid to long-range
supply availability.
Water quality ratings. Assure that quality trends do not suggest See Goal 6 discussion
(11-6) future supply problems.
Development approvals Assure that the quantity, location and pattern Local planning records
by location. of approval is consistent with quality and
service capacities.
Solid waste. Available landfill Used in combination with average unit demand Local agency records
capacity. (11-8) and population estimates to forecast future
needs. Department of Environmental
Quality (ODEQ)
Storm drainage. Developed and develop- Track the quantity. type and location of Local planning records
able land in 100-year floodplain development, ascertain potential U.S. Army Corps of
floodplain. (11-9) future flooding problems. Engineers

PUBLIC FACILITIES AND SERVICES (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Health. Selected disease incidence Assess periodically to identify any emerging State Health Division
data. (11-10) community health problems. (OHD)
Hospital/clinic beds Compared with appropriate standards; used with State Health Planning
per capita. (11-11) population estimates to estimate future and Development Agency
facilities needs.

Police. Service staff per capita. Compare to other locations and to appropriate Local agency records
(11-12) standards.
Fire protec- Fire insurance rating. Choose planning actions to maintain or improve Local agency records
tion. (11-13) rating, such as improvements to water supply.
Schools. Current and proposed Assure that development trends are consistent Local school district
facilities capacity and with available capacities or that school system records 41
staff by location. resources are adequate for capacity increases. '7'
(11-14) Department of Education
(ODOED)
Note: Recreation: See Goal 8 section.
Energy: See Goal 13 section.
Communication, Government, Planning Services: Insufficient monitoring importance to include here.

Objective: COORDINATE PUBLIC FACILITY AND SERVICE DEVELOPMENT ON URBANIZING LANDS:
AVOID CREATING SUBSTAWIAL UNUSED CAPACITY FOR ONE OR A FEW SERVICES

Service Current and planned This objective relates to restricting services Sources above as applicable
capacities. capacities by service development in outlying areas until all services
type and location. can be provided in a coordinated manner.
(11-15) Situations where available capacities attract
development to undesirable locations should
also be avoided. Monitoring here involves sum-
marizing all available service capacities by
location and tracking proposals for service
extensions; coordination is lacking when just
particular services are extended into unserved
areas.

12. TRANSPORTATION

Transportation involves a variety of land, air and water modes for
moving people and goods, all of which are addressed by the state transporta-
tion goal. This goal stipulates providing and encouraging "a safe,
convenient and economic transportation system." Individual jurisdictions
can adopt a variety of objectives relating to this goal, focusing on
particular transportation modes, the needs of particular population groups,
and the relationship of transportation to land use and economic development
dynamics. Jurisdictions may also choose the extent to which transportation
development objectives emphasize reacting to the transportation demand
generated by land development, or on the other hand limiting, encouraging
or otherwise guiding land development through transportation policy. Here
it is assumed that transportation facilities are planned in anticipation of
development, but not generally used as a major growth management tool.

Three primary transportation objectives are identified. The first
encompasses the overall objectives of transportation planning in most
situations; the remaining two focus onmore specific aspects.

Priorities

Jurisdictions should at least monitor traffic conditions, including
flows and safety. In addition, they may choose to monitor other transporta-
tion objectives, such as any relating to the transportation needs of special
population groups like the elderly or handicapped, or of developing trans-
portation systems which rely on modes other than the automobile, such as
public transit, bicycles or pedestrian access. Parking may also be an
important consideration.

12. TRANSPORTATION

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Objective: PROVIDE A CONVENIENT, EFFICIENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM WITHOUT
EXCESSIVE UNUSED CAPACITY

Automobile Traffic counts by Data collected should include both averages and Flow and peak data
and truck vehicle type. (12-1) peak volumes. Peak volume trends indicate when from
traffic. capacities may be reached. Comparison of trends --local traffic
between arterials shows distribution of growth departments
and new transportation demand. Some state highway --ODOT averages, peaks
and intersection data are available for selected by vehicle classification
locations. for state highways
Approvals affecting Assess whether development approvals will Local planning records
traffic demand or generate demand for which capacity is or will be
hindering future inadequate. Identify approvals which may hinder co
capacity expansion. future opportunities for system expansion.
(12-2)
Bicycle Bicycle traffic counts. Assess extent of growth in bicycle traffic, by Local traffic records,
traffic. (12-3) location. Growth trends show success in providing ODOT Reports
adequate access and in shifting transportation
emphasis from automobiles. Data may be very
limited and/or unreliable.
Approvals affecting Identify approvals which may hinder future Local Planning records
bicycle access or use. opportunities for bicycle access and/or for
(12-4) bicycle system expansion.

Aircraft Aircraft operations Trends in overall growth and in mix of air ODOT Aeronautics Division
traffic. counts. (12-5) traffic between general and commerical aviation
indicate when capacities might be reached and
whether changes or improvements in facilities
are necessary.
Approvals affecting air Approvals may affect opportunities for future Local planning records.
traffic access or facility expansion or allow incompatible use in ODOT Aeronautics Division
impacts. (12-6) adjacent areas. air photo series

TRANSPORTATION (Continued)

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Pedestrian Approvals affecting Approvals which hinder pedestrian access such Local planning and
traffic. pedestrian access. as omitting sidewalks, creating handicap and traffic records
(12-7) other barriers, or unnecessarily fostering
automobile use can be identified.

Objective: MAINTAIN AND ENHANCE TRAFFIC SAFETY
Traffic Traffic accidents; Traffic accident and fatality trends by location Local traffic records.
safety. traffic fatalities. allow identifying conditions which are deterior- ODOT Motor Vehicle
(12-8) ating and/or which need improvement. Data may Division summaries.
be relatively good, but not always available in
readily usable form.
Approvals affecting Approvals can be identified which decrease safety Local planning records
pedestrian and traffic by increasing speeds or flows, create undesirable
safety. (12-9) adjacency of pedestrians and autos, or affect
intersection flows.

Objective: MAINTAIN AND IMPROVE TRANSPORTATION ACCESS OF THE HANDICAPPED
AND THE TRANSPORTATION DISADVANTAGED
Transportation Approvals affecting Development approvals may hinder access by plac- Local planning records
access. access. (12-10) ing barriers or by not removing existing barriers.
Public and private actions may also fail to use
available opportunities for improving access.

13. ENERGY CONSERVATION

The stated objective of Goal 13 is to maximize the conservation of all
forms of energy through management and control of land and uses of the land.
The state Department of Energy (DOE) provides suggestions on how local
comprehensive plans and land-use regulations may work to accomplish that
objective. Practically speaking, it is difficult to attribute changes in
rates of energy use directly to land-use actions since most such effects
are long-term and many intervening factors are operating. However, local
governments can promote energy conservation by avoiding land-use policies
and actions which would impede the conservation of energy and by requiring
consideration of energy use when making land-use decisions. Also, cities
and counties can adopt DOE suggestions into their planning efforts.

An example of local efforts to encourage energy conservation is the
City of Woodburn's "solar access program" and "energy conservation housing
program." The solar access ordinance is directed at existing development
and-sets forth standards to protect solar access. In order for a property
to benefit from the protection provided by the ordinance, the structure
must first meet weatherization and insulation criteria included in the
ordinance. Once those criteria are met, the City will implement the
ordinance to protect the property from infringement into its solar access.
The energy conservation housing program provides density bonuses to new
housing developments that go beyond the Building Code requirements for
weatherization and insulation.

The local planning objective should be to promote energy conservation
in the development and use of land. In order to discover whether or not
the plan policies and land-use regulations are achieving this objective,
it is desirable to review implementation decisions to determine how energy
use was considered and if obvious and unreasonable impediments to energy
conservation were permitted. The following Table describes data needs and
sources for this effort.

Priorities

Until methods are developed to more closely relate energy use to
specific land use actions, local jurisdictions should give priority to mon-
itoring: (1) how energy conservation issues are handled in the land-use
decisions; (2) the extent to which energy conservation techniques included
in plan policies and implementation measures are applied; and (3) the degree
to which residents of the jurisdiction make use of and are satisfied with
the energy conservation programs provided by government agencies, utility
companies and energy suppliers.

13. ENERGY CONSERVATION

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

objective: MANAGE AND CONTROL LAND USE
SO AS TO ENHANCE ENERGY CONSERVATION

Energy use Energy use per capita Local governments may wish to monitor change in Annual Report (ODOE)
or per household (13-1) rate of energy use within their jurisdictions.
Use data available from public utilities and Unpublished data
private fuel distributors for geographic areas --utilities
and for specific commercial, industrial and pub- --natural gas companies
lic facilities can be compared over time and --heating fuel distributors
evaluated against fluctuations in population, --gasoline distributors
number of housing units and economic development
within the jurisdiction. Also, local use rates Ln
can be compared with statewide data. The rate
of energy use might be related to actions to
conserve energy (discussed below).

Energy Measures taken to Local governments can monitor land use decisions Local planning records
conservation promote energy to find out if energy conservation issues raised --building permits
conservation (13-2) in staff findings, agency comments or public --cpnditional uses
testimony were considered in making the decision --variances
and to identify what actions were taken to promote--zone changes
energy conservation. For example, actions might --land divisions
include orientation of subdivisions, density --capital improvement
bonuses, housing types and sizes, solar access projects
requirements, and recycling as part of waste
disposal. Also, jurisdictions may wish to record Unpublished data
efforts made at conserving energy that are di- --utilities and
vorced from land use decisions such as: number fuel distributor
of building permits issued for retrofitting records on energy
for alternate energy sources; use of energy audits and loans for
audits and weatherization programs provided by weatherization.
utilities and others; commercial and industrial --ODOE records on energy
use of energy tax credits for alternate energy tax credits
sources, waste heat recovery, conservation and
recycling equipment.

14. URBANIZATION

The objective of Goal 14 is 11to provide for an orderly and efficient
transition from rural to urban land use." The mechanism to achieve this
objective is the urban growth boundary (UGB). Cities or metropolitan areas
are required to establish a boundary within which the urban-level industrial,
commercial and residential growth projected for the planning period will be
accommodated. In establishing this UGB, local governments are required to
consider seven broad factors listed in the Goal. Consideration of these
factors requires the city to make certain assumptions, based on factual
data, concerning the need for various types of development to accommodate a
population of the characteristics projected. Land must then be allocated
to the various types of development and plans must be made to supply this
land with needed public services.

Land which is supplied with these urban services and is either within
an incorporated city or is land adjacent.and developed at urban density is
termed "urban" land. Land which is not yet developed at urban densities
and is outside an incorporated city but which is needed for urban expansion
and can be supplied with urban services is termed "urbanizable." The Goal
requires that conversion of urbanizable land to urban through annexation
and/or the provision of urban level services must be based on the considera-
tion of four factors. Jurisdictions have policies regarding annexations
and service extensions which take into account these factors. How the city
or metropolitan area addresses these four factors can be termed their growth
management program. Growth management is aimed at encouraging development
to occur first within urban areas. Development within the urbanizable area
is to occur "logically" and in such a way as to note preclude efficient
provision of urban services and urban level development in the future. The
growth management policies and implementing strategies vary between
Jurisdictions. Some cities and counties have plan policies encouraging
development to occur first within the urban area and encouraging "orderly
development" or urbanizable land but have no implementing strategy. Others
implement such policies with use of a large minimum lot size (5 to 10 acres)
in the urbanizable area, a requirement that development which does occur be
11pre-platted" and arranged in such a way as to anticipate future urban
services and densities or, finally, through outright prohibition of develop-
ment without urban level services. The thrust of the monitoring effort
will therefore vary with the policies or strategies employed.

Cities and counties will also want to determine if changes in the
original assumptions regarding population growth, the characteristics of
that population, or industrial and commercial locational needs have occurred
which would necessitate a modification of the UGB. Secondly, cities should
monitor whether or not urban services are being provided according to plan
policies so as to ensure a sufficient supply of serviced land to ensure
choices in the market place. In most cases, monitoring for Goals 9 (Economy),
10 (Housing) and 11 (Public Facilities) will provide the necessary data for
monitoring these later two aspects but special effort should be made to
monitor the success of the growth management program.

Priorities

The top priority for a city is monitoring of land use actions within
the urbanizable area to ensure that they allow adequate flexibility in
providing urban services and will not result in land use patterns which will
preclude economic service provision and urban densities.

14. URBANIZATION

'Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: PROHIBIT DEVELOPMENT OF URBANIZABLE LAND WHICH WILL PRECLUDE
OR LIMIT PLANNED URBAN DENSITIES AND EFFICIENT PROVISION OF URBAN SERVICES

Growth Development approved by Cities and counties which share responsibility Local planning records
management type and geographical for urban growth management should track
provisions. area in the urban growth development approvals in the urbanizable area over
boundary. (14-1) time to ensure that the intent of plan policies
are met. This data can be compared with various
measures of cost or effectiveness to permit eval-
uation of the success of growth management
strategies. Measures might include relative cost
of service provision, planned densities versus
density at buildout or incidents of forced
Un
annexation due to septic failures. This monitoring 41
will allow jurisdictions to determine if the terms
of the joint management agreement are being met.

Objective: ENCOURAGE DEVELOPMENT OF URBAN AREAS PRIOR TO CONVERSION OF URBANIZABLE LAND
Development approved by Cities may chose to monitor development approved Local planning records and
type in the urban growth in the urbanizable area to determine why it is land inventories
boundary and available occurring there rather than on available land which
urbanizable land by zon- Is already serviced. This may lead to a more vig-
ing type and character- orous servicing or annexation program or a re-eval-
istics within city limits. uation of growth management strategies.
(14-2)

15. WILLAMETTE RIVER GREENWAY

The Willamette River Greenway Statute (ORS 390.010 to 390.220 and
ORS 390.310 to 390.368) set legislative policy to establish and maintain a
natural scenic, historic and recreational greenway along the Willamette
River. The statute also directed the Oregon Department of Transportation
(ODOT), in cooperation with local units of government, to prepare a plan
for development and management of the Greenway. State-wide Planning Goal 15
provided the parameters within which the ODOT plan and the Greenway portions
of local plans and ordinances were to be formulated.

The objective of the Greenway Plan is to protect the natural, scenic,
historical, agricultural, economic and recreational qualities of lands lying
within the designated Willamette River Greenway boundaries. Particular
emphasis is given to providing the maximilm possible landscaping, open space
and vegetation adjacent to the River and providing necessary access to and
along the River.

Acknowledged comprehensive plans are considered to be in compliance
with the ODOT Greenway Plan and the Greenway Statute. Local governments
have the task of ensuring that developments and changes in use or level of
activity within the Greenway boundaries in their jurisdiction are consistent
with their acknowledged plans and thereby consistent with the Greenway Plan.
ODOT has overall responsibility to investigate and determine whether or not
the quality of Greenway resources is being maintained through implementation
of acknowledged plans. Local governments may assist ODOT by investigating
changes in quality within their jurisdictions. However, the prime objective
of local goverrment should be to avoid development or use of land or water
areas within the designated Willamette River Greenway that is inconsistent
with the ODOT Greenway Plan or Greenway Statute.

Priorities

Because ODOT has lead responsibility and legislative mandate to maintain
the quality of the Greenway resources, local governments should concentrate
their efforts towards monitoring developments in the Greenway for consistency
with the ODOT Greenway Plan. Data for this effort is more readily available
than the data needed to monitor qualitative changes.

15. WILLAMETTE RIVER GREENWAY

Component Data Item Applications and Limitations Data Sources

Objective: AVOID DEVELOPMENT OR USE OF LAND OR WATER AREAS WITHIN THE DESIGNATED WILLAMETTE RIVER
GREENWAY THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH THE ODOT GREENWAY PLAN
OR THE GREENWAY STATUTE

Type and location of Local governments can maintain information Local planning records
development, activities concerning the type of developments and --building permits
and land use actions. activities permitted and land use actions ap- --capital improvement
(15-1) proved within the portion of the Greeway with- projects
in their jurisdictions. That information can --land divisions
be compared with the requirements of the ODOT --zone changes
Greenway Plan and the Greenway Statute to --conditional use permits
identify possible conflicts. Also, requests State and federal actions
f or boundary changes can be recorded to --facility plans
identify pressures on the Greenway. Ln
--permits/licenses ON
Maintain Changes in quality of Although monitoring resource quality changes is Inventory of riparian
resource Greenway resources. mostly the responsibility-of ODOT, local vegetation (ODFW)
quality. (15-2) governments may measure quality variables such Interviews
as changes in amount of riparian vegetation, --agency representatives
need for additional public access, variations (ODFW, ODOT, ODOF)
in set-back distances, proliferation of docks, --property owners
amount of existing wood lots, type uses in --boating and camping
urban areas (water-dependent/water related). organizations

16. ESTUARINE RESOURCES

Goal 16 seeks to assure that the existing values of Oregon's estuaries
not diminish in quality or quantity but instead be enhanced to ensure main-
tenance of diversity in environmental, economic and social benefits. Estu-
aries are unique in that they consist of a rare, productive environment and
a means of access to the sea. Short-term uses and activities which would
cause irreversible damage to the renewable resources are to be avoided.

Local governments now share with state and federal agencies the respon-
sibility of maintaining the quality and quantity of estuarine values.
Acknowledged comprehensive plans provide a mechanism to coordinate local,
state and federal efforts towards estuarine resource management and to
ensure consistency of those efforts with the State's Coastal Management
Program. The Department of Land Conservation and Development (DLCD), through
ORS 197.180, has the authority to coordinate technical assistance and
information flow from state agencies to local governments. The data and
assistance provided by resource agencies will improve coastal governments
ability to manage estuarine resources through their acknowledged comrehensive
plans.

Coastal units of government having one or more estuaries within their
jurisdictions are likely to have estuarine plan elements containing four
primary objectives. The first two encompass the overall goal of protecting
the estuarine ecosystem while maintaining the social and economic benefits.
Those objectives consist of several components as identified in the following
Table. The second two objectives focus on more specific issues of dock
proliferation and restoration of estuarine benefits.

To discover whether or not plan policies and land use regulations are
working to achieve these objectives, coastal counties and cities need to
monitor changes in the use of estuarine resources and the impacts of those
changes on resource quality and quantity. The application and sources of
data needed to accomplish this monitoring task are described in the Table.

Priorities

Much of the data needed to adequately monitor changes in estuarine
resource quantity and quality is not readily available to local governments.
Most coastal jurisdictions lack the technical expertise to measure changes
in natural biological productivity'or determine the impacts of permitted
development and activities. The representatives of resource agencies,
marine extension agents and university personnel that can provide technical
assistance are few in number and not always available. Consequently,
coastal governments have to rely on the federal and state permit processes
to generate data by which they can track changes in the estuarine resources
instead of conducting the recommended field inspections and interviews.

16. ESTUARINE RESOURCES

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Objective: AVOID DEGRADATION OR DESTRUCTION OF ESTUARINE NATURAL BIOLOGICAL PRODUCTIVITY,
HABITAT DIVERSITY, UNIQUE FEATURES AND WATER QUALITY

Maintain diver- Number of acres of land Coastal jurisdictions can keep a current Field inspections
sity and unique and water added to or record of the amount of estuarine area assigned
features through subtracted from each to each management unit by comparing field Interviews, mapping,
estuarine manage- management unit (16-1) measurements, mapping or aerial photography aerial photography from
ment units and with plan inventory data. Technical assist- ODSL, COE, ODFW and uni-
permissible uses ance from resource agencies may be necessary. versities

Type, extent of de- Coastal governments can identify amount of area Local planning records
velopment and activity added to/removed from management units by re- --zone changes
by management unit view of land use actions, mitigation and res- --plan amendments Ln
(16-2) toration efforts, fills, removals, placement of co
structures, aquaculture and so on. Also State and federal actions
allowed developments can be compared with the --Fill and Removal Permits
established priority of permissible uses to (ODSL)
determine effectiveness of the acknowledged --Section 10 and 404 Permits
plan and ordinances. (COE)
--aquaculture (ODFW, USDA)
--investigations of permit
violations (ODSL, COE)
--lease of submerged and
submersible lands (ODSL)
--houseboats (OMB)
--facility construction
plans

Maintain diver- Amount and type of Estuarine habitats can be examined periodi- Field inspections
sity of natural habitat area added cally and compared to ODFW habitat classifi-
habitat to or subtracted cation inventories and the plan inventory at Interviews and technical
from the estuary time of acknowledgment. Technical assistance assistance from ODFW, NMFS,
(16-3) from resource agencies may be necessary. USFWS, OSU, U of 0, Marine
Extension Agents

ESTUARINE RESOURCES (continued)

Components Data item Applications and Limitations Sources

Developments and ac- Jurisdictions can record projected and actual Local planning records
tivities by type, impact of permitted development and activity --building permits
area, location and on habitat area and type as indicated by impact --conditional use permits
impact (16-4) assessments and project monitoring, agency com- --variances
ments and hearing testimony. Projected and
actual impacts are not always available and State and federal actions
agency impact reviews must be requested and are (as listed above)
sometimes difficult to obtain.
Interviews and formal im-
pact reviews from ODFW,
NMFS, USFWS, ODEQ, EPA
Marine Extension Agents

Maintain Results of impact as- Over time changes in natural productivity vari- Impact assessments provided
natural pro- sessments with regard ables can be compared with data in plan inven- by developers as part of
ductivity to productivity vari- tories and possible trends and cumulative ef- local planning records
through ables of water quality, fects identified. The difficulty lies in lack
impact species of flora and of available expertise. A comprehensive review Impact review and comments
assessment fauna, hydrologic char- of all variables at one time would require a from state and federal
acteristics, etc. team of technically qualified people not now agencies listed above
(16-5) available to coastal governments.

Actions taken in Coastal governments can monitor their ability Local planning records
response to impact to apply conditions to and require modifications
assessments (16-6) of proposed developments and activities in re-
sponse to identified impacts. This may indicate
the need for revisions in policies and ordi-
nances.

Maintain water Current water quality Current water quality variables, shoaling and Field inspections
quality and measurements (temp., rates of stream flow can be compared with in-
minimize man- pH, salinity, turbi- formation contained within the plan inventory Status of Water Quality,
induced sedimen- dity, sediments, DO); to identify direction and degree of change and 1981, ODEQ
tation; maintain shoaling; rate of flow possible trends.
minimum stream (16-7) Data files (ODEQ, EPA)
flow
Stream flow records (ODWR)

ESTUARINE RESOURCES (continued)

components Data Item Applications and Limitatiops Sources

Type, location and ex- Coastal governments should record data on de- Local planning records
tent of developments velopments creating waste discharges into the
and activities creat- estuary as well as data on water appropriations, State and federal actions
ing discharges, sedi- erosion control efforts, forest practices and --Appropriation of water
mentation or reduced farming practices which could affect rate of (ODWR)
stream flow (16-8) flow or sedimentation. --Forest Practices Licenses
(ODOF)
--Waste Discharge Permits
(ODEQ)

Interviews with
--Extension Service and
Conservation Service
Personnel
--District biologists (ODFW)

Provide for mi- Status of mitigation Jurisdictions can keep a record of additions Field investigations
tigation of ef- sites (16-9) or deletions to suitable sites for mitigation ON
fects of dredge to establish whether or not these sites are Interviews with ODFW 0
and fill in being protected for future use.
inter-tidal or
tidal areas Migitation actions re- The type of action taken, waivers of the miti- Local planning records
lated to fills and gation requirement and mitigation approvals can
dredging in inter- be recorded to identify problems in applying Fill and Removal Permits
tidal or tidal waters the requirement-for mitigation. (ODSL)
(16-10) Section 10 and 404 Permits
(COE)

Interviews with ODSL and COE

Provide for Status of disposal The status of designated sites can be reviewed Field inspection
disposal of sites (16-11) periodically to identify total area, remaining
dredged capacity and loss or addition of suitable sites Interviews with local Port
material and whether or not the sites are being adequate- Districts and COE
ly protected (see Goal 17).

ESTUARINE RESOURCES (continued)

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Location and amount of Coastal governments can monitor the amount and State and federal
dredging and material location of dredging and disposal operations to dredging approvals and
disposal (16-12) ensure that the disposal program is functioning disposal operations
adequately and that adequate disposal area (ODSL, COE, local Port
exists for the identified need. Districts)

Objective: MAINTAIN EXISTING NAVIGATIONAL CAPABILITY AND AREAS IDENTIFIED AND NEEDED FOR WATER-DEPENDENT USES

Maintain Depth, width of chan- Coastal jurisdictions can compare current Unpublished data
navigational nels, turning basins, depth and width with authorized size of chan- --results of periodic
capability bar crossings and status nels and status of navigation structures with inspections by COE
of authorized naviga- authorized development in order to evaluate available on request
tion structures (16-13) current navigational capability.

Efforts to improve or The effect and frequency of efforts to improve Unpublished data/interview
maintain navigational navigational capability (dredging, construc- with local port districts
capability (16-14) tion, etc.) may be recorded to identify the and Corps of Engineers
work and cost of retaining that benefit.

Protect areas Number of acres Coastal governments can maintain a current in- Field inspections
suited and added to or subtracted ventory of the areas suited and available for
needed for from water-dependent water-dependent uses. Changes in the amount of Interviews with local
water-dependent areas (16-15) area and the condition or suitability or areas port districts
development would be noted.

Type, size and location Use of water-dependent areas can be recorded Local planning records,
of developments and land so as to identify conflicts due to use by State and Federal actions
use actions affecting non-water-dependent developments and to main-
areas designated for tain a current inventory of designated areas.
water-dependent de-
velopment (16-16)

ESTUARINE RESOURCES (continued)

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Objective: DISCOURAGE THE PROLIFERATION OF INDIVIDUAL SINGLE-PURPOSE DOCKS AND PIERS

Size, use and location Jurisdictions can collect data concerning new Local planning records
of docks and piers docks and piers to determine whether or not
(16-17) there is a movement to conmunity use, multi- State and federal actions
purpose facilities; to smaller docks or to al- --submerged and submersible
ternative facilities such as dryland storage, leases (ODSL)
buoys and ramps. --permits issued by ODSL, COE

Objective: RESTORE ESTUARINE ENVIRONMENTAL, ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL VALUES; DIVERSITY AND BENEFITS

Restoration Status of inventoried Sites inventoried for restoration in the Field inspections
sites sites for restoration comprehensive plan can be checked periodically
(16-18) to determine whether they remain suitable Interviews with ODFW
and are in fact not preempted by uses that
would make them ineligible for restoration.

Amount, type and Coastal governments can review any restoration Local planning records
location of restora- actions to determine if the action is consistent
tion actions (16-19) with plan objectives; has a beneficial impact on Interviews with ODFW
the estuarine ecosystem by expanding and im-
proving resource quality.

17. COASTAL SHORELANDS

Coastal shorelands include designated land area adjacent to estuaries
(to head of tide), the ocean and coastal lakes. Although the amount of
coastal shorelands is limited, these lands have very high environmental,
economic and social values. The state's objective for coastal shorelands--
to avoid any degradation or destruction of the resources and benefits of
all coastal shorelands--in effect encompasses the objectives for open spaces,
scenic and historic areas and natural resources (Goal 5); air, water and
land resources quality (Goal 6) and estuarine resources (Goal 16). The
resource values addressed in those objectives are particularly important
within coastal shoreland areas. As with estuarine resources, the state's
desire is that existing values of coastal shorelands not diminish in quality
or quantity. Nor does the state want values of adjacent coastal waters to
diminish due to use of shorelands.

Coastal cities and counties are required by statewide Planning Goal 17
to identify coastal shorelands and establish policies and permitted uses
consistent with state standards set forth in Goal 17. In general, the
standards require that local governments limit uses of shorelands to those
that are consistent with the resources and the use of adjacent waters and
with the geologic and hydrologic hazards associated with the shorelands.

Because of the varied concerns related to shoreland resources, coastal
acknowledged comprehensive plans should contain at a minimum the five objec-
tives identified in the following Table. Monitoring data items described in
the Table will allow coastal governments to determine whether or not these
planning objectives are being met.

Priorities

In deciding whether or not the acknowledged comprehensive plan and
implementing measures are achieving the shoreland resource objectives,
coastal governments should give first priority to monitoring changes in the
use of shoreland areas as indicated by local, state and federal permits,
capital improvement/facility plans and local land use actions. Although
this data is most accessible and easiest to use, it will not be complete.
Whenever possible, it should be supplemented by periodic inspections of the
coastal shorelands resources, with the technical assistance of local, state
and federal agency representatives, to identify changes in quality and
quantity using the plan inventory as an initial reference.

17. COASTAL SHORELANDS

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Objective: AVOID REDUCTION OF NATURAL VALUES OF MAJOR MARSHES, SIGNIFICANT HABITAT, HEADLANDS,
AESTHETIC RESOURCES AND HISTORICAL/ARCHAELOGICAL SITES

Protect natural Quantity and quality Coastal cities and counties periodically can Field inspections
values of resource type examine the resources identified in the objective
(17-1) and make quantitative and qualitative comparisons Interviews with ODOT, ODFW,
with the characteristics of those resources as private organizations
inventoried at time of plan acknowledgment.
Technical assistance likely will be needed.

Type, size and loca- New uses and activities and land use actions Local planning records
tion of developments affecting "natural" shorelands can be examined -Building Permits
and land use actions to determine whether or not they reduce the --Conditional Use Permits
allowed in "natural" existing area or resource values and whether --zone changes
shorelands (17-2) or'not they are consistent with the priority of --plan amendments
uses established in the plan. --capital improvements

State and federal actions
--Fill and Removal Permits
(ODSL)
--Section 10 and 404 Permits
(COE)
--Ocean Shore Improvement
Permits (ODOT)
--facility plans

Objective: AVOID COMMITTING SHORELAND AREAS ESPECIALLY SUITED FOR WATER-DEPENDENT USES,
DREDGED MATERIAL DISPOSAL OR MITIGATION TO OTHER USES

Protect water- Amount of area and Coastal jurisdictions periodically can reinven- Field inspections
dependent current suitability tory areas and sites designated for water-depen-
areas and of area an&sites dent uses. Data concerning area or front-foot- Interviews with local
sites (17-3) age, current use, and current suitability for port district, land
water-dependent uses can be collected and com- owners, COE
pared with similar data in the acknowledged
comprehensive plan.

COASTAL SHORELANDS (continued)

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Type, size and loca- Developments and activities allowed on and ad- Local planning records
tion of developments jacent to water-dependent sites can be examined (as identified above)
and activities allowed as to the degree they commit the site to other
on and adjacent to uses or conflict with its preferred (priority) State and federal actions
water-dependent sites uses. Also, a record can be maintained as to (as identified above)
(17-4) consumption of designated water-dependent areas.

Protect dredged Amount of area and Jurisdictions can monitor changes in desig- Field inspections
material dis- current suitability nated sites either from natural or manmade
posal sites of sites (17-5) causes and identify current availability and Interviews with local
suitability. port district, ODFW, COE

Type, size and loca- Uses and activities permitted on or adjacent to Local planning records
tion of developments designated disposal sites can be examined to
and activities (17-6) determine if they interfere with the intended State and federal actions
use, reduce suitability of consume site.

Protect mitiga- Amount of area and cur- Periodically re-inventory sites to identify any Field inspections ON
Ln
tion sites rent suitability of natural or man-caused changes that affect size,
designated sites availability of suitability. Interviews with ODFW
(17-7)
Type, size and loca- Examine developments and activities permitted Local planning records
tion of developments on or adjacent to mitigation sites to identify
and activities (17-8) possible conflicts with intended use of sites. State and federal actions

Interviews with ODFW

Objective: PROVIDE FOR APPROPRIATE USE OF RURAL SHORELANDS

Maintain Type, location and Coastal counties can compare developments and Local planning records
priority of extent of developments activities allowed on shorelands in rural areas
uses and activities permit- with the overall priority of uses established State and federal actions
ted on rural shorelands for those areas in the acknowledged comprehen-
(17-9) sive plan.

COASTAL SHORELANDS (continued)

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Objective: MAINTAIN, RESTORE AND ENHANCE RIPARIAN VEGETATION

Maintain Amount and condition Coastal governments periodically can investigate Field inspections
existing of riparian vegetation; the type, quantity, location and condition of
riparian measures of sedimenta- riparian vegetation and compare results with Unpublished results of
vegetation tion and water quality data in the plan inventory. Also, changes in periodic inspections by
(17-10) water quality or levels of sedimentation can ODFW and ODOT
be identified as clues to possible loss of
riparian vegetation. Data files (ODEQ)

Water Resources for Oregon
USGS

Interviews with ODFW, ODOT,
ODEQ, ODOF
Location, type, extent Developments and activities allowed in areas of Local planning records 00'%,
of developments and riparian vegetation can be monitored to identify
activities affecting potential impact on the vegetation, and mea- State and federal actions
riparian vegetation sures taken to minimize impact. Followup inspec-
(17-11) tions can be made to determine actual effects of Interviews with ODOT and
permitted developments. ODFW

Field inspections

Restore and Actions taken to Coastal jurisdictions can record any actions Field inspections
enhance riparian improve vegetative taken by private or public bodies to improve
vegetation cover (17-12) riparian vegetation and identify the results Capital improvement projects
of those actions.
State and federal facility
improvements

COASTAL SHORELANDS (continued)

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Objective: MINIMIZE HAZARD TO LIFE AND PROPERTY IN THE USE OF SHORELANDS

Manage Location, nature and Coastal governments can keep a record of flood- Field inspections
floodplain extent of flooding ing experienced in sboreland areas and identi-
areas (17-13) fy the effect of the flooding on existing uses Interviews with ODOT,
and development. That information can be used DOGAMI, COE, land owners
to improve on plan inventory, policies and im-
plementation measures.

Type, location and Developments and activities allowed in known Local planning records
size of developments floodplain areas of shorelands and the safe-
and activities permit- guards required can be recorded and compared to State and federal actions
ted in floodplain the priority of uses established for flood areas
areas (17-14) in the acknowledged plan.

Encourage non- Type, location and The placement of structures such as jetties, Local capital improvements
structural extent of developments bulkheads and seawalls and use of fill for
solutions to and structures built erosion and flood control can be recorded and State and federal actions
flooding and to control flooding and impacts on water currents, erosion and
erosion erosion (17-15) accretion patterns noted. Building Permits

Field inspections

Interviews with COE, ODOT,
land owners

18. BEACHES AND DUNES

The state's planning objectives concerning the beaches and coastal dune
areas are directed toward protecting their natural aesthetic and recreational
values and controlling development to protect human life and property. Goal
18 encompasses much of the direction provided in Goals for Open Spaces,
Scenic and Historic Areas and Natural Resources, Recreational Needs and
Natural Disasters and Hazards. The state's interest is that existing values
of beach and dune areas not diminish and the use of these areas not exceed
their natural limitations nor increase the hazard to human life and property.

Coastal comprehensive plans must include an inventory of beach and dune
areas as well as policies and permitted uses for those areas that are based
on their capabilities and limitations and the need to protect their ecologi-
cal, recreational, aesthetic, water resource and economic values. Therefore,
acknowledged coastal comprehensive plans should contain two overall
objectives regarding beach and dune areas: to avoid degradation or destruc-
tion of the resources and benefits of coastal beach and dune areas and to
reduce hazard to life and property from natural or man-induced actions
associated with beaches and dunes. These two objectives consist of several
components as described in the following Table.

Priorities

The monitoring approach suggested for beaches and dunes is similar to
that offered for other plan elements in that it combines both a study of
short-term use dynamics on the resource lands and a more comprehensive
identification of the changes in the resource conditions of the beach and
dune areas. The first of these is easiest because the data is more accessi-
ble, although the regulatory process will not cover all changes that occur.
Consequently, it is important that local planning officials, with the
assistance of state and federal agencies, attempt to monitor change in
resource conditions through periodic field investigation.

18. BEACHES AND DUNES

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Objective: AVOID DEGRADATION OR DESTRUCTION OF THE RESOURCES AND BENEFITS OF COASTAL BEACH AND DUNE AREAS

Maintain Current physical, In general, in order to identify changes due to Field inspections
resource vegetative, groundwater, natural causes or to developments and activities
benefits and habitat character- not required to have permits or that are estab- Inverviews and use of
istics (18-1) lished illegally, it is desirable for coastal unpublished data
governments to investigate and compare the __11zone line" and beach
current resource characteristics with those front erosion inves-
inventoried at time of plan acknowledgement. tigations and reports
(ODOT)
--status of groundwater
supplies (ODWR)
--offshore sand movement ,o
(COE)
--status of habitat (ODFW)

Minimize Location and extent Erosion of beach and dune areas is often due (same sources as listed
erosion of vegetative damage to destruction of stabilizing vegetation from above)
and erosion (18-2) development, moisture loss or the construction
of shore structures. Coastal jurisdictions can
identify occurrences of significant erosion and
vegetative damage and relate those to develop-
ments.

Protect Measures of groundwater Coastal governments can monitor changes in Interviews and unpub-
groundwater quality and quantity groundwater resources to identify resulting loss lished data
from exces- (18-3) of vegetation, loss of quality or intrusion of --water consumers
sive drawdown salt water due to excessive drawdown. --local water district
records
--records of groundwater
sumlies from observation
wells and special tests
in problem areas (ODWR)

BEACHES AND DUNES (continued)

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Control Location and extent of Coastal jurisdictions can investigate beach Field inspections
construction beach front structures front structures authorized by ODOT and
of beach front (18-4) estimate negative impacts on visual quali- Ocean shore improvement
structures ties and public access. permits (ODOT)

Limit Location and extent of Intentional breaching of foredunes ig to be Field inspections
breaching breached foredunes limited to emergency situations or when neces-
of foredunes (18-5) sary to replenish sand supplies for recrea- Interviews with
tional purposes. Man-caused breaches should --land owners
be identified as to rationale and potential --representatives of
impact on wildlife habitat, forest areas and ODFW and ODOT
other environmental resources.
Unpublished data
__11zone line" and beach
front erosion investi- -
gations/reports (ODOT) 0

Regulate uses Type, extent and loca- Coastal governments can maintain a file of all Local planning records
tion of developments and developments and activities permitted on beach --building permits
land use actions approved and dune areas including required findings, --conditional use permits
for beach and dune areas site investigation reports on feasibility and -zone changes
(18-6) potential impacts and conditions attached to --land divisions
approval. This information can be compared --capital improvements
with data listed above to estimate the effec-
tiveness of plan policies and implementing State and Federal actions
measures. --Ocean Shore Improvement
Permit (ODOT)
-Subsurface Sewage
Disposal Permit (ODEQ)
--Appropriation of Ground-
water Permit (ODWR)
--Fill and Removal Permit
(ODSL)
-Section 10 and 404 Permits
(COE)
--facility plans

BEACHES AND DUNES (continued)

Components Data Item Applications and Limitations Sources

Objective: REDUCE HAZARD TO LIFE AND PROPERTY FROM NATURAL OR MAN INDUCED ACTIONS
ASSOCIATED WITH BEACHES AND DUNES

Prohibit de- Type, extent and loca- Coastal jurisdictions can collect data on de- Local planning records
velopment in tion of developments and velopments and activities allowed in beach and
hazardous activities approved for dune areas to discover if residential develop- State and Federal actions
areas beach and dune areas ments and commercial and industrial buildings --ocean Shore Improvement
(18-7) have occurred on active foredunes, on other Permits (ODOT)
foredunes that are conditionally stable and --Subsurface Sewage
subject to ocean undercutting or wave overtop- . Disposal Permits (ODEQ)
ping, or on deflation plains subject to ocean --Fill and Removal Permits
flooding. (ODSL)
--Sections 10 and 404
Permits (COE)
--facility plans

Control Location and extent Beach front structures can be examined to Field inspections
construction of beach front estimate impacts on adjacent property and
of beach structures (18-8) beach erosion. Results can be used to up- Ocean Shore Improvement
front date criteria for allowing structures. Permits (ODOT)
structures

Limit Location and extent of Man-caused breaching of foredunes can be Field inspections
breaching breached foredunes identified and evaluated as to damage to
of foredunes (18-9) property from sand deposition or erosion. Interviews with
--land owners
--representatives of ODOT

Unpublished data on "zone
line" and beach front
erosion investigations
and reports (ODOT)

IV. SOURCES OF MONITORING DATA

This chapter consists largely of data source descriptions which augment
the data needs presented in Chapter III. Source descriptions are organized
by agency and level of government, beginning with local government and
followed by state and federal agencies. For each agency, published and
other readily available data are described first, such as periodic reports,
followed by other data sources such as those associated with permit applica-
tion files, planning documents, or other material maintained by the agency
which can be made available for plan monitoring purposes.

Each source is described briefly and an evaluation made of its limita-
tions, currency and other constraints on access and use. Readers should also
be aware that the form and content of the data sources discussed here may
change over time and should be checked with the source agency as appropriate.

Certain sources referenced in Chapter III are not discussed in this
chapter. Where a data source is specific to monitoring only one minor
aspect of a single goal the source discussion was restricted only to
Chapter III.

In addition, a variety of informal, irregular or other background
information which is useful for plan monitoring is also not included in
this chapter's listings. Examples include:

1) Interviews with agency representatives, university personnel,
extension service personnel, and other individuals who are
knowledgeable about community conditions or dynamics.

2) Land use decisions records, including findings of fact and
testimony.

3) University and other research, such as that on resource
management, social conditions, marketing, economic develop-
ment, and other pertinent local and regional topics.

4) Environmental impact reviews and assessments on proposed
projects and actions which may contain valuable information.

5) Media reports, particularly on community dynamics which
relate to plan monitoring issues.

Each locality is assumed to know best how to identify, access and use these
sources. Monitoring and plan updating will benefit from gathering pertinent
information from such sources as it becomes available, such as by maintaining
a library and a clipping file. '

LOCAL GOVERNMENT SOURCES

A variety of data describing local conditions and trends are available
in most jurisdictions from planning and operational agencies. This section
describes these data sources as they typically appear in most municipalities
or counties. Additional discussion of these sources as a component of a
monitoring system is included in the following chapter.

BUILDING (DEVELOPMENT) PERMITS

Building permits or development permits are normally processed by the
county or city building department with review by planning personnel. Con-
sequently there generally is easy access to this permit information. Form
varies among jurisdictions, but all contain data on type of development or
activity, location by address and by subdivision and lot number; size of
structure and parcel and indication of special areas of concern that may
require application of development standards (e.g., hazard areas and shore-
lands) may also be included. Although permit files typically are fairly
current, actual completion time for proposed structures and activities will
vary. The most obvious limitation is simply that issuance of a permit does
not necessarily mean the structure will actually be built. To resolve this
permits should be counted after final approval is granted. The State
Housing Division maintains a record of all permits by type and a record of
value for all jurisdictions in the State. This can be used for the sake of
comparison.

LAND DIVISIONS

This source of data includes subdivisions and major and minor partitions.
Since applications for land divisions are processed by planning or other
local personnel such as tax assessor or county clerk, the information con-
tained therein is readily available. Applications will contain data on
location, size (area) of development, number of lots created, type of use
intended, access and so on. Also, the record and findings-of-factassociated
with the decision-making procedure will contain important information con-
cerning possible impacts of the development and requirements for approval.

Although land divisions indicate change in use of land and development
activity, the actual placement of roads, utilities and structures may be
delayed for an indefinite period of time. The possible delay should be
taken into account when using the data source. Also, whereas the land
division action and data related to it are current, the completion of the
development and the full impact of it may occur a significant time afterwards.

CONDITIONAL USE

Since applications for conditional uses are processed by local planning
officials, accessibility to the information on the application is excellent.
The form of the application will vary among jurisdictions but typically will
contain data on location, property ownership, and a description of the

proposed use. In addition to the information provided with the application,
the findings-of-fact and the record associated with the decision-making
process may contain information related to changes to be monitored. As with
building permits, actual development resulting from conditional use approval
may be delayed or may not occur at all.

ZONE CHANGE

Data from zone change applicatins and records and findings-of-fact
established at public hearings by the decision-making body are readily
available to planning officials. The form of the information will vary
among local government but will contain the pertinent facts to support a
change in the zoning map. In many cases a change in zone will require a
plan amendment.

ANNEXATIONS

This land use action is processed by planning officials and will pro-
vide considerable data concerning need, use suitability, and impact on land
resources. The annexation must be examined as to whetherornot the compre-
hensive plan controls. If not, all goals must be applied. Annexations may
result in plan amendments. Data from annexation actions indicate change in
the use potential of the land resource and a change in the land base
inventory.

PLAN AMENDMENT

Plan amendments not associated with zone changes or annexations will
provide new data on changing conditions. All information related to amend-
ments is processed by planning personnel, so it is readily accessible.

PUBLIC CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECT PLANS AND PROGRAMS (CIP)

Capital improvements information is contained in CIP documents within
many jurisdictions. These plans include data on the type, location, size,
completion schedule and other characteristics of public works projects.
The CIP may also include needs analysis and impact studies which may be
useful for monitoring purposes. Although the intent of Goal 11 (Public
Facilities and Services) is to integrate comprehensive planning and capital
improvement programming, many CIP plans are as yet not directly connected
with the comprehensive planning process.

STATE AGENCY SOURCES

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (ODOA)

Aquaculture Program
635 Capital Street NE
Salem, Oregon 97310 378-3137

LICENSE AND PERMIT FILES

Food Processing License for Aquaculture

Aquaculture operations processing fish for food must obtain a food
processing license, comply with state law and submit to periodic inspections
by department personnel. Processing operations requirements and a listing
of current licensed businesses are available from the department on request.

DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT JODED)

155 Cottage NE
Salem, Oregon 97310 373-1200 or 373-1241

PERIODIC REPORTS

County Indicators

An annual compilation of county-level data, including population,
income, labor force, sales, assessed values, building starts, and other
material. This is a very useful compilation, although it is more aggregated
than the Data Books discussed below. It is currently available.

Economic Devel02ment Clearinghouse Data Books

A volume is prepared for each county including a variety of detailed
data such as that in the County Indicators publication, but also more
detailed income and payroll data by SIC category, sales by type of firm,
bank deposits, construction activity, school enrollments, farm, forest,
tourism and other income, and other material. The Data Book is intended to
serve as a primary data source for each county.

The intent of DED has been to distribute these data books each year,
but budget limitations have suspended publication for several years. The
department is presently planning to publish a current version for each county
by mid or late 1983.

Directory of Manufacturers

A bi-annual publication listing of a sample of manufacturing firms by
SIC category for each jurisdiction in the State. Employment for each firm

is also included. This source can be used to track the growth or decline
of firms within important manufacturing categories.

DATA FILES

Industrial Land Inventory

The department is currently preparing a computer-based statewide inven-
tory of developable industrial and commercial land parcels. Individual
parcels are included at the initiative of local government, private sector
and other entities. The file contains location, size, land physical
characteristics, services availability, and transportation access data
which is obtained using a standardized questionnaire, plus an address and
telephone number for the owner or listing agent. The file currently is
intended to be used by DED staff, but ultimately may be made available
directly to the public. Because the inclusion of parcels is voluntary the
system currently does not include all developable parcels available in any
particular area. However, the inventory may be useful for assessing local
interest in promoting land development.

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (000ED)

700 Pringle Parkway SE
Salem, Oregon 97310 378-3569

PERIODIC REPORTS

School Enrollments

Primary and secondary school enrollments as of 30 June of each year are
maintained by the department aggregated by county. These are generally
available upon request by mid-fall of each year. More detailed data are
available from local school districts, but only for schools within each.
district.

DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY (ODOE)

111 Labor and Industries Building
Salem, Oregon 97310 378-4040

PERIODIC REPORTS

Annual Report

The department publishes an annual report (6th Annual Report, January,
1982) which contains statewide energy use by residential, commercial,
industrial and transportation sectors; forecasts of energy supplies and
demand and statewide policy considerations for energy use and conservation.

Site Certificates

The energy Facility Siting Council, staffed by DOE, is responsible for
issuing energy facility site certificates and site certificates for disposal
sites for low level radioactive wastes. The Council designates areas suit-
able or unsuitable for use as sites for energy producing or storage facili-
ties and for disposal of low level radioactive wastes. Information concern-
ing the suitability of areas for these uses is available from the department
on request.

OTHER DATA

The department has information concerning energy audits, weatherization
programs, energy tax credits, energy-efficient building codes, comprehensive
energy-related land use and model zoning ordinances, and suggested methods
for energy conservation through land use controls. This information can be
obtained by request.

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY (ODEQ)

522 S.W. Fifth Avenue
P.O. Box 1760
Portland, Oregon 97207 229-5696

PERIODIC REPORTS

Municipal Sewage Treatment Facilitl Monitoring Reports

Monthly Performance data and an estimate of the population served are
supplied to DEQ from each of the 350 domestic waste treatment facilities
in the state having permits. These data are available upon request.

Munici2al Waste Water Treatment Works Construction Grants Program

Annually, DEQ prepares a statewide priority list of sewerage project
needs which may be eligible for federal grant funding. Provides information
identifying project needs, their priority, a schedule for funding and
estimated eligible project costs.

Annual Report on Air Quality

Includes quality measurements and trends for air resource in all local
jurisdictions in the state.

Annual Report on Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste

Includes record of waste discharges, trends, and recycling as well as
location and status of disposal sites for all regions of state.

Water Quality in Oregon, 1980

A review of water quality through state, to be published biannually.

PERMIT AND LICENSE FILES

Before the department will issue any permit it requires the applicant
to obtain a "sign-off" from the appropriate local planning agency. DEQ pro-
vides permit applications and land use compatibility forms for this purpose.
However, local planning agencies do not automatically receive information
concerning the action taken on permit applications. If they wish to know
whether or not the permit was issued and the conditions imposed, they must
request that information from the department. Specific permits are as follows:

- Air Contaminant Discharge Permit
- Sewage Disposal Systems and Variances, Subsurface, Alternative
and Experl-mental On Site Permits: For sewage treatment facilities;
Include the design capacity and an estimate of the population
served, as well as other descriptive information.
- Solid Waste Dis2Osal Permits: Hazardous Waste Storage Treatment
_@nd Disposal Licenses: Includes location, estimated population
served, types of materials accepted. DEQ will also conduct an
estimate of remaining capacity, upon request. Files on each
facility include documentation of any complaints which have
occurred and the associated inspections and enforcement actions.
- National Pollution Discharge Elimination System Permit and Water
Pollution Control Permit (Water)
- Indirect Source Construction Permit (Air)

DATA FILES

Computerized reports on water quality derived from monitoring at DEQ
sampling stations are available on request. All estuarine areas have
sampling stations.

DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND WILDLIFE (ODFW)

P.O. Box 3503
Portland, Oregon 97208 229-5678

PERIODIC REPORTS

Annual Reports, Wildlife Division and Fish Division

These reports contain data useful to local governments including inven-
tories of various game species and rare threatened or endangered species,
estimates of numbers of hunters for each game species by county and estimates
of number of anglers by stream system.

DATA FILES

The ODFW maintains inventories of all game species and other species
classified as rare, threatened, endangered or "species of special concern."
The frequency of the counts depends on the species involved but in all cases
annual inventories or estimates are made by management unit. Although the
management units are not contiguous with county boundaries, ODFW personnel
may be able to aid in guesses as to animal populations within specific
areas of the county. Fish censuses are maintained by stream system and for
lakes. This data may be obtained by contacting the district ODFW office or
offices responsible for the city or county in question.

DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY (ODOF)

2600 State Street
Salem, Oregon 97310 378-2562

PERIODIC REPORTS

Annual Report

This report provides data on the State's forest lands on a county
basis including State forest land acreage, accomplishments of the State
Service Forestry Program, and number of fires and acres burned by cause.

Oregon Timber Harvest Report

This annual report includes volume of timber harvested by county and
by ownership class. The report is generally published from six to nine
months following the year in question.

Forestry for Oregon - 1980 Timber S222ly Assessment

This includes an assessment of the long-term timber harvest outlook
for Oregon by region. Region boundaries are not necessarily contiguous
with county boundaries. It is anticipated that the assessment will be
published and revised on a periodic basis although no systematic schedule
has been established.

PERMIT FILES

The Department of Forestry assists owners and operators in providing
notification for all operations (includes timber harvest, use of chemicals,
slash disposal and forest road construction and maintenance) occurring on
state or private lands. This is simply a notification to the Department
that an operation is going to occur. This allows the Department to make
spot inspections to ensure that Forest Practices Act (FPA) rules are being
complied with. Where environmentally sensitive areas are involved the
Forest Practices Officer will specify recommendations for harvesting to
ensure that the intent of the FPA is met. Recommendations are not binding

although environmental damage can result in citations and repair orders
issued by the Department. Notifications are relayed to County Assessors.
Number of notifications issued, by type and FPA enforcement actions taken,
are summarized by district (not county) in the Department's Annual Report.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY AND MINERAL INDUSTRIES (DOGAMI)

1069 State Office Building
Portland, Oregon 97201 229-5580

PERIODIC REPORTS

Oregon Geology

This monthly subscription magazine includes abstracts and references
to recent studies, research and other current information concerning geology
and hazards in Oregon. It also includes data on permits issued for oil and
gas exploration, and mineral and aggregate extraction but on a statewide
basis only.

Annual Production Figures

The figures for minerals and aggregate for the state's fourteen market
areas (some of which are counties) are available from the Albany office of
DOGAMI. These can be used in conjunction with "Special Paper 5" to predict
long-term demand for mineral and aggregate resources in the market area.
County data is also available on the location, type of permit or exemption
and commodity mined for all permitted or exempted sites upon request.

Special Paper 5

This is a publication outlining an empirically derived model to predict
long-term aggregate demand. It is not considered highly by DOGAMI officials
and the empirical basis means that it is insensitive to changing conditions.
However, no alternative projection models are available.

PERMITS AND LICENSE FILES

DOGAMI issues a number of permits or exemptions which are applicable
to monitoring the comprehensive plan. In all cases the local government is
sent copies of the permit applications and applicants are informed that
state approval does not signify approval from the local government. The
DOGAMI permits relate to the technical aspects of extraction and environ-
mental protection but not to land use issues regarding compatibility of land
uses, need, etc. Permits issued are:

Geothermal Well Permit: Issued for the exploration and tapping
of geothermal resources. In many jurisdictions where geothermal
resources are prevalent a local geothermal permit or equivalent
is also required.

- New Oil or Gas Well Permit: Issued for oil or gas exploration.
Although local goveinments areinformed of location, geological
information on the application is proprietary. Production figures
are a matter of public record if the drilling is successful.
- Permits and Exemptions Regarding Mineral and Aggregate Extraction:
For extraction beyond 5,000 cubic yards a year or one acre affected
annually a state permit is required (Surface Mining Permit). The
department ensures that the extraction does not cause environmental
hazards and that the site is rehabilitated. Periodic inspections
are made of permitted and exempted sites to ensure compliance but
actions taken in enforcement of these permits (after initial
notivication) may not be supplied to local governments. Local
planning directors are routinely sent inspection reports and
notification of permit applications and renewals.

STATE HEALTH DIVISION

Center for Health Statistics
Box 116
Portland, Oregon 97297 229-5897

PERIODIC REPORTS

State Vital Statistics

An annual report containing a wide variety of health and other statis-
tics, including birth, death, and disease incidence data. Reporting is by
county and statewide.

PERMIT AND LICENSE FILES

The Division approves and licenses privately owned community water
supply systems and sewer systems. It also reviews recreational vehicle
park plans and issues permits for sanitation systems for recreation parks,
organization camps, and traveler's accommodations and other tourist
facilities.

STATE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT AGENCY

3886 Beverly Street NE, Suite 19
Salem, Oregon 97303 378-4684

DATA FILES

Hospital Utilization Data

The agency maintains utilization data for each hospital in the state,
showing visits by type of facility or service. Data for several hospitals

can be aggregated to represent municipal or county areas, although many
users of hospitals are not residents of the community in which the hospital
is located. These data are available upon request.

STATE HOUSING DIVISION

Labor and Industries Building
Salem, Oregon 97310 373-1629

The State Housing Division is the state's central source for housing
data as well as being the agency responsible for financing low income and
elderly housing projects through the issuance of tax exempt bonds. The
State Housing Division will provide technical assistance with local housing
planning and maintains a library of useful data. They also produce several
reports of their own.

PERIODIC REPORTS

Building Permit Report

This is a monthly publication which provides data on the number of
residential building permits issued within the state for new construction
by type of unit. The data are provided for all Oregon counties and all
cities with populations over 500. The report also includes special sections
on mobile homes and condominium conversions, again by county and city.

These data are supplied to the Division by local governments and
accuracy may vary by location. They provide a useful source of comparison
of building activity between jurisdictions.

INFORMATION ON FILE

Census Data

The Division maintains a complete file of published census data as well
as unpublished data on tape which is valuable for housing planning. These
data are described in the U.S. Department of Commerce section. The Division
will aid in use and interpretation of these data.

Vacancy Rate Data

The Division maintains all data on residential vacancy rates in Oregon
gathered from the following sources:

- Pacific Power and Light and Portland General Electric Company:
Both of these utilities maintain data on vacancies within the
areas they service, broken down by cities and their respective
11surrounding areas." Maps are available for determining how
these match with official jurisdictional boundaries. The data

are not published but are provided to the Division as a computer
printout. There is no set time period for providing this but it
is generally done annually.
- HUD Rent and Vacancy Survey: This is an annual survey of rent
levels and vacancy rates for selected "representative" areas
within the state. Considerable emphasis is placed on the
Portland Metropolitan area and its divisions. For the balance
of the state only one speqific representative area is surveyed
within several geographical regions. For instance, in coastal
Oregon only the Coos Bay area is surveyed. Data are assumed to
be generalizable to the entire coastal region.
- Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle: An annual vacancy survey in
conjunction with the Postal Service. In Oregon they survey the
Portland area, the Eugene-Springfield area, the Salem area and
the Bend area. The survey is not restricted only to the mentioned
cities. For instance, in the Eugene-Springfield area the cities
of Cottage Grove and Creswell are also surveyed.

Income Data

The Division maintains data on income levels within Oregon jurisdic-
tions which are available from other sources and will aid in use and
interpretation. These data sources include:

- HUD "Estimated Median FamilX Incomes": This is an annual report
based on regional economic data. It is available only at the
county level and the most recent year for which estimates are
available is 1981. This most recent report is actually a fore-
cast made based on 1980 100 percent census counts. Adjustments
are now being made based on 1980 census income data.
- Personal Income by Major Sources: An annual publication of the
Bureau of Economic Analysis (U.S. Department of Commerce) which
provides data on per capita income on a county level. It is
valuable because it breaks down total county income by industry
and source. It is generally published 18 months after the year
in question.
- Analysis of Income: An annual publication of the State Department
of Revenue. This publication provides a distribution of the
number of personal tax returns by gross income category down to
the county level. The publication also provides data on HARP
recipients--both owners and renters. The number of households in
various income categories up to $17,500 annually are broken down
according to tenure. These data are provided on a county basis
as well. There is about a one year lag between the end of the
tax year and the report publication.

DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES (Employment Division) (ODHR)

875 Union Street NE
Salem, Oregon 97311 378-8657

Much of the Employment Division's material is available in published
reports. These are distributed at no cost, and agencies can request to be
included in the Division's mailing list. The reports below, plus others,
are listed in the Labor Market Information Directory, available free from
the Division.

PERIODIC REPORTS

Oregon Covered Employment and Payrolls

An annual report based on employment and payroll reports submitted by
most employers. It provides monthly and total annual payroll, by county,
for industries grouped according to 2-digit Standard Industrial Classifica-
tions. Also included are statewide monthly employment and quarterly payroll
for industries grouped at the 4-digit SIC level. This is the best published
source of such detailed employment and payroll data. Coverage is somewhat
limited, since railroad workers, self-employed persons, agricultural workers
on small farms, certain domestic workers and workers in a variety of other
specific categories are excluded. Also excluded are those gaining employ-
ment in "invisible" occupations, such as illegal production or trade
activities. These may be substantial in certain Oregon locations.
Specific inclusions are explained in the report's introduction. Employment
Division staff estimate that overall between 90 percent and 95 percent of
all workers are included.

Data are reported by place of employment, which may be different than
the place of residence of some workers. Also, in some cases employment is
counted at a firm's primary address when employees actually work in other
locations, such as branch offices. Corrections for this latter situation
can be made using data file printouts if a jurisdiction wishes.

Annual Economic Reports

Published annually for the state and for sub-state labor market areas.
The latter include SMSA's, larger counties, and other areas consisting of
county groups. Report content varies somewhat, with more detail included
for more populated areas.

Data include:

- Employment and unemployment summaries by industry group for recent
years, with interpretations.
- Short term employment forecasts for all resident employment and
for covered employees, by industry group.

- Monthly resident labor force, employment and unemployment
figures, for the most recent four years, for residents of the
area. This includes all employees.
- Monthly non-agricultural employment by industry group, for the
four most recent years. This includes covered employees only.
- Monthly agricultural employment for the past 10 years.
- Economic base analysis including estimates of economic speciali-
zation using location quotients, for selected past years and
selected industry groups.
- Summary of population characteristics, historic and current,
for the area and the state.

- Characteristics of the unemployed, including recent trends, by
industry group.
- Personal income totals for the past five years, showing among
other things proprietor's income and transfer payments.
- Other data including average manufacturing and other sector
employee earnings, area-wide median personal incomes, consumer
price index trends, and reprints of 1980 population reports for
the state, counties, subcounty area, and incorporated places.

It is important to note that resident labor force and employment total
figures are by place of residence of the workers and include all persons in
the labor force. The non-agricultural employment figures, however, are for
covered workers only and are by location of the firm where employment
occurs. Both figures are very useful, but care should be exercised in main-
taining consistency when comparisons.are made.

The statewide report includes summaries of counties as well as state
totals.

Labor Trends

Published monthly statewide as Oregon Labor Trends, and for labor
market areas as Local Office Labor Trends. Includes employment and recent
employment changes by industry group, a similar analysis of unemployment,
and a summary of hours worked and average wages by industry group. Inter-
pretation is also included.

DATA FILES

Covered Employment

Local government units can request printed or computer tape copies of
covered non-agricultural employment figures which include considerable
detail. A listing of individual firms, including the number of employees
by month and the quarterly payroll, can be prepared, organized by 4-digit
SIC category and/or ZIP code. This is confidential data and is available
only upon request to the division and with agreements as to subsequent data
use and reporting. Data cannot be reported in cases where three or fewer

firms are included in a category, or where one firm has a large proportion
of total employment or payroll. These data allow disaggregation of employ-
ment (and payroll) to local sub-county geographic areas, either by using
ZIP code areas or by manually grouping firms to other areas based on the
address in the listing.

Accuracy of this disaggregation is somewhat limited because address
and ZIP code listings do not always accurately represent the true address
of the firm or the location where all listed employees actually work. But
for planning purposes within sub-county areas this is the best source of
employment data by type of firm.

Requesting agencies are generally charged for the computer time
necessary to produce these data. Requests can generally be processed
within two weeks.

DEPARTMENT OF LAND CONSERVATION AND DEVELOPMENT (DLCD)

1175 Court Street NE
Salem, Oregon 97310 378-4926

COASTAL ZONE CERTIFICATION FILE

DLCD administers the Federal Consistency Certification process.
Applicants for federal permits must file a certification that the proposed
development or activity is consistent with Oregon's Coastal Management
Program. The program consists of acknowledged local comprehensive plans,
the statewide planning goals where acknowledged plans don't exist and a
network of other state agency authorities. Local governments make findings-
of-fact concerning the consistency of proposed federally permitted actions
with their acknowledged plans and forward them to DLCD. DLCD uses these
findings as the basis for its concurrence or objection to the issuance of
the federal permit in question. Local governments receive copies of the
DLCD response. This process guarantees local jurisdictions an opportunity
to review federal land use related actions.

MARINE BOARD (OMB)

3000 Market Street NE
Salem, Oregon 97310 378-8587

PERIODIC REPORTS

The Board conducts a survey of boating use every three years which
reports data on boating use for all significant water bodies in the state.
Information on type of boating activity, size of boat, origin of boaters
and type of moorage is provided by water body and by county. The next
survey will be released in 1983.

LICENSE FILES

The Marine Board licenses floating homes and boat houses. Applications
for registration and plate include information on the location, size and
living spaces of the units. This information will be provided to local
governments if requested.

OREGON DATA CENTER (00C)

(4 Locations) 229-5700 (Portland)
686-7500 (Eugene) or
1-800-452-7813

The Oregon Data Center is a consortium of four state agencies: the
Intergovernmental Relations Division, the Center for Population Research and
Census at Portland State University, the Bureau of Governmental Research
and Service at the University of Oregon and the Oregon State Library. Each
agency acts as a depository for census data.

The Center has copies of all printed reports and tape files from the
1980 U.S. Censils of Population and Housing for the State of Oregon. In
addition, the State Library has reports for all other states available on
loan. Affiliate data centers will have the Oregon printed reports, and
some affiliates also will have tape files covering the areas they serve.

The Oregon Data Center is prepared to respond to inquiries and offer
consultation on the use and inerpretation of data in the reports and tape
files. All or portions of the tape files can be copied.for users who plan
to do their own tape processing. The Data Center also offers tape data
retrieval and analysis services to user specifications. Oregon census maps
can be obtained through the Data Center. The Data Center publishes a
number of technical bulletins on various applications of census data.

CENTER FOR POPULATION RESEARCH AND CENSUS (OCPRC)

Portland State University
724 S.W. Harrison
Portland, Oregon 97207 229-3922

PERIODIC REPORTS

The Center prepares annual estimates of current state, county and
municipal population, forecasts of population at these levels, and maintains
population data for past periods. Estimates of current city and county
population are made using models based on school enrollments, voter regis-
trations, income tax returns, and other data. Age breakdowns are available
at the county level upon request. Sex breakdowns are available for some
locations.

County-level population forecasts are prepared using cohort-survival
and migration estimation techniques. The projection model will be based in
the future on county-level vital statistics--rather than statewide--and
should be more accurate than in the past. It will also be adjusted annually
using comparisons with current population estimates. No age and sex break-
downs are currently available for forecasts, but may be sometime during 1983.

DIVISION OF STATE LANDS (ODSL)

1445 State Street
Salem, Oregon 97310 378-3805

PERIODIC REPORTS

The Division prepares weekly and biennial reports that identify how
many Removal-Fill Permits were issued and denied. The Division also has
information on permit violations discovered during periodic permit
compliance inspections and investigations of reported violations. Local
governments can obtain this information from the Division.

PERMIT FILES

The Division of State Lands circulates all applications for Removal-
Fill Permits to the appropriate local governments for their review and
comment. The Division of State Lands issues, denies, or conditions the
permit on the basis of recommendations of reviewing parties including local
government in addition to their own review of standards set out in the
Removal-Fill Law. If local government requests denial of a permit, the
Division will deny, provided appropriate rationale has been set out.
Information on the permits can be obtained from the Waterway Permits
Specialist.

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (ODOT)

Transportation Building
Salem, Oregon 97310 378-6388

The department maintains a variety of information within its various
divisions. Traffic and other highway data are available from each of the
five Regional Traffic Engineering offices; the closest location can be
ascertained with a call to the Salem office. The department also provides
technical assistance to smaller jurisdictions, upon request.

PERIODIC REPORTS

Annual Traffic Volume Tables

This is a large report containing a va riety of data from the state's
110 permanent traffic recorder locations. It includes monthly average

daily traffic counts for the year, for each location, averages for the past
10 years, and maximum daily and hourly volumes. Also included are average
daily traffic counts for just weekdays, and a breakdown for each location
of vehicles by classification (i.e., car, truck). This is a basic collec-
tion of traffic data which is available for inspection in each regional
office. A copy can also be purchased directly from the Salem office.

These data are relatively reliable since they are collected using fixed
counters and standardized techniques. They are particularly good for identi-
fying trends in traffic flows. Local jurisdiction may not find a counter in
a suitable location for their purposes, however, and may need to gather data
at the local level.

Monthly Traffic Volume Trends

A monthly report available upon request which includes traffic volume
counts for permanent counters located at about 110 locations on a variety
of primary and secondary state roads. Counts include all vehicles; trucks
cannot be separated.

Intersection Traffic Counts

Traffic counts by trained observers at specific locations, including
turning movements, volumes and vehicle type breakdowns. Available for
inspection upon request.

Bicycle Traffic Counts

Data.from 25 bicycle traffic count locations in metro areas. Provides
monthly average daily traffic counts.

Oregon Traffic Accidents Summary

Annual report from the Motor Vehicle Division which lists accident
data for counties and for municipalities over 10,000 population. More
detailed data--for example, data by milepost or other sub-county location--
is best obtained from local traffic departments. This report also includes
statewide and other regional summaries which are useful for making
comparisons.

Airport Okerations Forecasts

The Aeronautics division counts aircraft operations at each public use
airport in the state. Counts for past years, combined with forecasts for
future periods, are included in this periodic report. Selected airports
are monitored using acoustic counters; for the remainder the division relies
on fixed base operator and other estimates. The data for smaller facilities
is not always reliable. The most recent operations data for any public use
airport is available upon request.

State Park User Statistics

The Division of Parks and Recreation publishes data on the number of
visitors to each state park by month and by type of visit. Data is also

available by in-state and out-of-state visitors. The annual publication
also provides historic comparisons.

Periodic Visitors Survey

Every five years the Parks Division conducts a visitors survey to
determine satisfaction with the state parks and to gain an impression of
user preferences. The last survey was conducted in 1980.

State Parks Plan

Every two years the State Parks Plan is updated to show new and
proposed acquisitions and programs. In addition to information on state
parks the publication also reports on the status of state recreation trails
and proposed wild and scenic rivers.

The Travel Information Center

The Center publishes a number of statistics regarding visitation to
the state. However, all of the data is reported on either a statewide or
a regional basis. County divisions are not used. The publications include:

-Information Center Counts and Comparisons: Visitor counts by
month and year at the state's six visitor information centers;
-.Oregon Travel Barometer Report: A quarterly comparison with
the previous year's quarter of visitation at 33 attractions
in the state;
-.Travel Expenditure Survey: An annual publication on visitor
expenditures by region;
-.The Out of State Travel Revenue Report: A comparative study
of the total expenditures by out of state visitors by year,
mode of transportation and reason for trip;
-.Tourist Interview Survey: An estimate of length of stay,
destination of tourists, type of lodging preference and
expenditures which form the basis for the "Out of State Revenue
Report";
-.Travel Advertising Study: Annual study designed to measure the
effectiveness of the Travel Information Center's tourist
promotions.

Summary of Beach Permits Processed

An annual report that identifies the locations and types of actions
approved and disapproved during the past year.

PERMIT FILES

Ocean Shore Improvement Permit

This is administered by the Parks and Recreation Branch of the
Department. Because of concurrent jurisdiction with the Division of State

Lands, permit procedure for Removal/Fill Permits is followed. Local
governments receive notification and copies of the permit application with
project plans. They also receive copies of approved permits and can obtain
information on agency review comments by requesting it.

OTHER DATA

Small Cities Studies

Detailed transportation studies available for a variety of smaller
communities in the state which include origin-destination and other data.
Available upon request from the department.

Airport Encroachment Data

The Aeronautics division maintains a file of air photographs of each
public use airport and the surroudning land areas. Each location is re-
photographed every several years, allowing an analysis of urbanization and
other activity on adjacent lands. This material is available upon request.

Facilities and Land Acquisition

The Parks and Recreation Branch acquires land and constructs facilities
for parks and waysides. Acquisition and developments are guided by a Master
Plan. Local.governments are always notified in advance of actions to
implement or change the Master Plan.

DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES (00WR)

555 13th Street NE
Salem, Oregon 97310 378-3066

PERIODIC REPORTS

Well Water Levels; Stream Flow Reports

The department collects and maintains information on observation wells
and streams throughout the state. Data for selected streams or well is
available upon request.

PERMIT FILES

Permit to Appropriate Public Waters

The department administers these permit programs. The department is
also responsible for setting minimum stream flows, and for issuing licenses
and permits for hydropower sites. Notification is not necessarily provided
to local governments unless requested. A local jurisdiction may request
placement on a mailing list for copies of all applications applicable to
its area.

FEDERAL AGENCY SOURCES

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (Extension Service) (USDA)

County Extension Offices
(See local listings)

PERIODIC REPORTS

Annual Reports

This report is available from local County Extension Offices. It
contains agricultural information for the county including tables and text
describing type of crop, crop yield, estimated farm gate value and acres in
production. The data is derived from only a sampling of commercial farms
in the county, so it is subject to some degree of error.

U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (COE)

Regulatory Functions Branch, Portland District
Box 2946
Portland, Oregon 97208 221-6996

PERMIT FILES

Section 10 (Alteration of Navigable Waters); Section 404 (Dredge or Fill
Discharge)

Applicants for Corps of Engineers' Section 10 and Section 404 permits
are advised that local land use approval for the proposed development or'
activity is required. The applicant also must file a certification of con-
sistency with Oregon's Coastal Management Program and a water quality
certification with DLCD and DEQ, respectively. Consequently, local govern-
ments see permit applications and play a part in the review process.
However, local jurisdictions are not notified concerning action taken on
the permits (issue, deny or place conditions) and the impact assessment
comments made by other agencies (DEQ, EPA, ODFW, NMFS, USFWS). Local
jurisdictions may request this information from the Corps of Engineers or
the specific commenting agency.

The Regulatory Functions Branch compiles a list of permits issued on
the coast during each quarter, and coastal cities and counties can obtain
the list by request. The Environmental Inspections Section of this branch
records permit violations in coastal waterways which is also available by
request.

Facilities Inventory Records

The Corps through congressional appropriations constructs and maintains
navigational structures such as jetties, groins, wing dams and breakwaters

for federally authorized waterways/navigation channels, and maintain infor-
mation on the status of these facilities and on the current and authorized
depth/width of navigation channels.

Facility Impact Studies

The Corps of Engineers evaluates potential impacts of its projects.
Such studies may include the impact of jetty extension on off-shore sand
movement, general environmental impacts of navigating projects, potential
for earthquakes around dams or worst case flood inundation due to failure
of a dam. This information can be useful to local governments in selected
areas for evaluation of hazards and environmental impacts (Engineering
Branch, Geology Branch, Emergency Services Branch, Environmental Se6tion).

BONNEVILLE POWER ADMINISTRATION (BPA)

1002 NE Holladay
Portland, Oregon 97232 234-3361

PERIODIC REPORTS

Population, Household and Employment Projections

Last prepared in 1979, this report includes county level data and
projections for Oregon and Washington. The next edition will be available
during 1983. Employment is presented by 2-w-digit SIC category for manu-
facturing, and by 1-digit category otherwise. Data at the 4-digit level is
available upon request.

The population analysis is conducted using cohort survival techniques
and migration forecasts based on employment estimates. Age distributions
are available for counties. These data are used by BPA for projecting
power needs.

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, BUREAU OF THE CENSUS (USDC)

1700 W. Lake Avenue, N.
Seattle, Washington 98109 (206) 442-7080

PERIODIC REPORTS

1980 U.S. Census of Population and Housing

These census documents are of particular value in monitoring activities
for Goal 10 (Housing). These are listed below by both title and document
number.

- Block Statistics (PHC80-1): The block statistics report show
data for individual blocks on selected complete count housing

and population subjects. One report will be issued for each
standard metropolitan statistical area (SMSA) and one for the
rest of the state, including cities of 10,000 or more outside
of SMSA's and contract block cities.

- Census Tracts (PHC80-2): One report released for each SMSA
and one for the tracted non-SMSA counties in each state
includes most of the complete count and sample population
housing subjects.
- Summary Characteristics for Governmental Units (PHC80-3): One
report for each state containing complete count and sample
population and housing data for every SMSA, county and
incorporated city.
- General Population Characteristics (PC80-1-B): Each report
includes complete count data on age, sex, race, Spanish origin,
marital status and household relationship for a state and its
following components: SMSAs, counties, urbanized areas, census
county divisions, places of 1,000 or more, and Indian reservations.
General Social and Economic Characteristics (PC80-1-C): Each
report focuses on population subjects, i.e., social, economic
and demographic, collected on a sample basis for a state and its
following components: SMSAs, counties, urbanized areas, places
of 2,500 of more, and Indian reservations.
-.General Housing Characteristics (HC80-1-A): One report for each
state contains data on complete count housing subjects for SMSAs,
urbanized areas, counties, census county divisions, places of
1,000 or more, and Indian reservations.
-.Detailed Housing Characteristics (HC80-1-B): One report for
each state contains data on housing topics collected on a sample
basis for SMSAs, urbanized areas, counties, places of 2,500 or
more, and Indian reservations.
- Metropolitan Housing Characteristics (HC80-2): One report is
issued for each SMSA, presenting detailed and crosstabulated
housing variables for the SMSA and its large cities. One report
also will be issued for each state containing statewide data.

In addition to the above reports four summary tapes will be available
which provide various crosstabulations on housing and population character-
istics using both complete count and sample data. For an excellent summary
of what these tapes contain and how 1980 Census data generally can be
applied to Goal 10 requirements the local jurisdiction should consult the
Oregon Data Center's Technical Bulletin 5, "Housing Data Handbook; A Guide
to Using 1980 Census Data," September 1981.

Census of Agriculture, Oregon, State and County Data Vol. 1, Part 37

Contains information concerning acreage and amount of production of
farms in commercial agricultural production. The data apply to farms less
than 10 acres with at least $250 sales and to farms greater than 10 acres
with at least $50 sales annually. The information is not limited to farms
in EFU zones. Consequently, it may be necessary to adjust or interpret the

data. The data are obtained and published every five years. The 1978 data
were released in June 1981. New information will be collected in 1983.

Census of Manufacturing, Wholesale Trade, Retail Trade, and Services

Includes data on employment and payroll, number of firms, firm size
distribution, and other economic data for each category of firms, by county.
Reports are published every five years. Firms are aggregated by Standard
Industrial Classification (SIC) categories. The data include firms
according to where their activity actually occurs, rather than by their
corporate address, and so differ with the employment data derived from
state employment records.

The data may be limited for smaller counties where some SIC categories
are reported together, and the data for other categories omitted so as to
protect confidential information. In addition, the data may be dated due
to the long interval between censuses. These are some of the best quality
data on county-level economic activity, however.

Annual Survey of Manufacturers

Conducted for the years not covered by the 5-year Census of Manufacturers,
covering the state and SMSA's only. Includes employment, payroll, and other
economic data by SIC category.

County Business Patterns

These annual reports, issued for each county, include employment, first
quarter and annual payroll, and establishment size data by SIC category.
Data are more current than for the 5-year census reports. Employment counts
are made in mid-March of each year, which may affect the accuracy of counts
for certain seasonal industries. These data are very useful for tracking
annual variations in an area's economic base.

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, BUREAU OF ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (USDC)

1220 SW 3rd
Portland, Oregon 97204 221-3001

PERIODIC REPORTS

Local Area Personal Income

Income totals by year by county, broken down by type (e.g., wage,
proprietor's) for about 12 categories of industry. Also separates out
transfer payments (such as social security and other retirement income)
allowing estimates of retirement income in the county. Current information is
useful for establishing trends in income flow into the county.

U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE (USFWS)

500 NE Multnomah St.
Portland, Oregon 97232 231-6154

PERIODIC REPORTS

Section 10 and Section 404 Permit Comments

The Ecological Services Branch provides comments to the Corps of
Engineers on permit proposals concerning the potential impact on fish and
wildlife species and their habitat.

Inventory Reports

The agency has completed major inventories of the coastal region
including "Ecological Characterization of Pacific Northwest Coastal Region"
and "Ecological Inventory Maps of the Pacific Coast." Also, the "National
Wetlands Inventory," a more detailed inventory of these resources, is
completed for the coastal area of Oregon and in progress for other parts
of the state. It is the intent of the agency to review the Wetlands
inventory data periodically to determine what if any changes have occurred
over a period of four to five years. In addition to the above inventories,
USFWS is preparing a catalog of seabird colonies which it intends to update
periodically; refuge.managers keep counts of bird populations and the
pesticide lab in Corvallis tracks heron rookeries in eastern Oregon.

FOREST SERVICE (USFS)

729 NE Oregon
Portland, Oregon 97232 231-6833

PERIODIC PLANNING DOCU MEN TS

Forest Lands Inventory

On ten year intervals each national forest develops a plan for use of
land within the national forest for timber harvest, recreation, scenic
quality, scientific research, etc. A number.of alternative plans are
presented in a draft environmental impact statement (EIS) and public hear-
ings or scoping sessions are held which result in a final EIS which embraces
one alternative. Various land use allocations are made based on this EIS
and estimates of timber volume, recreational use, etc. are also made. Local
governments are notified and given the opportunity for input. The forest
lands inventory includes a projection on an annual basis, of harvests and
timber production for the next 300 years for the forest as a whole, but not
on a county by county basis. Local governments should contact the national
forest offices of national forest lands located within their boundaries.

Northwest Range Experiment Station Reports

This research arm of the Forest Service publishes one periodic report
which may be of value to local governments. "Timber Resources of [Region
of State]" is published every 3 to 5 years on a rotating basis. It provides
data on classification of forest acres (commercial, productive, deferred,
unproductive), ownership class and volume of growing stock and saw timber
on commercial forest land by county.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, WATER RESOURCES DIVISION (USGS)

847 NE 19th Avenue
Suite 300
Portland, Oregon 97232 231-2021

PERIODIC REPORTS

Water Resources Data for Oregon

This is a Water Resources Division report including annual data on
water quality for 85 gauging stations in the state. The type of data
collected at each station varies but may include turbidity, temperature, pH,
D.O. and suspended sediments. Also, the report contains information on
stream flow including daily mean flow, average monthly flow, extreme flows
and average discharge for period of record of the gauging station. There
are 278 flow gauging stations. The report is sent to county governments
every year.

BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT (BLM)

729 NE Oregon
Portland, Oregon 97232 231-6273

PERIODIC REPORTS

BLM Facts

An annual statistical summary of land inventory and use data by BLM
district or resource planning area. County level data are not available.

Periodic Inventory and Planning Reports

The Bureau of Land Management goes through a ten year inventory and
planning cycle for the nine resource areas located in Oregon. This process
is very similar to that undertaken by the Forest Service for the national
forests.

V. BASIC MONITORING SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND PROCEDURES

Introduction

This chapter describes the components from which a basic comprehensive
plan monitoring system can be developed. Because the needs of a jurisdic-
tion will depend on whether it is a municipality or county and on its size,
location, and level of resources available, the chapter is organized so as
to offer a number of options to all jurisdictions regarding the data
collection and analysis procedures which can be adopted.

The first section after this introduction outlines a set of data items
which constitute a basic collection from which all jurisdictions can choose.
This is followed by additional data items which cities, counties, and
coastal jurisdictions can add to this basic list in order to reflect their
particular needs. Taken together, the data items chosen from these lists
form the basis for a monitoring system. These data items can be augmented
by additional items as additional experience is gained with the monitoring
activity, or as other needs dictate the alteration of the system.

The next section describes which of these data items can be found in
collections of data which are available in published form. The emphasis is
on identifying as many such sources for monitoring data as possible so as
to minimize the need for data collection and analysis at the local level.

Certain monitoring needs cannot be met with published data. In these
cases it is necessary to disaggregate or aggregate certain data to the local
sub-area level, or to assemble administrative data in a systematic manner
as part of a monitoring process. The use of local building and other
permit data falls into this latter category. Options for manually
collecting and managing these data are described in one section of this
chapter, and an example is described.

The combination of the procedures and sources specified in the
sections below allow jurisdictions to define and develop a basic monitoring
system adapted to their particular circumstances. Although the use of data
stored in computer files--such as area-wide employment data--is included,
the techniques discussed are manual, not requiring the use of a computer in
order to access, analyze, or apply the monitoring information. Chapter VII
builds on this basic system design to outline the application of computers
for monitoring purposes and explains the considerable savings in time and
money which can result from a computerized approach to at least a portion
of a jurisdiction's monitoring needs.

100

Defining a Basic Monitoring System

The first step in designing a local area comprehensive plan monitoring
system is identifying the goal areas, and perhaps sub-goal issues and
problems, which are most important and for which monitoring is desired.
Certain of these goal areas will be common to all jurisdictions, such as
those relating to local economic conditions and certain housing and
resource items. Others will depend on whether a jurisdiction is pre-
dominately rural or urban, and on whether it is one of the coastal juris-
dictions which face a unique plan monitoring situation.

The following Tables include the data items from which a basic system
can be built. The first Table (Table V-1) includes the data items which
can be included in a monitoring system for any jurisdiction. It shows the
data items organized by goal area and includes references to subsequent
sections of this chapter which show the source of each data item. The
following three additional Tables (Table V-2, V-3, and V-4) show the
additional data items from which urban, rural and coastal areas, respec-
tively, should choose in order to match their particular circumstances.
Each of these three Tables does not duplicate data items included in the
first Table. Thus, a coastal county would choose items from the first
Table, Table V-1, then additional items from Tables V-3 and V-4. Similarly,
a non-coastal city would choose items from Tables V-1 and V-2. Counties
with both urban and rural areas should scan both Tables V-2 and V-3 for
relevant items.

The data items included in Table V-1 through V-4 are selected from
those listed in Chapter III. The intent is to identify those data items
which are important for monitoring purposes under the most common circum-
stances. If important plan objectives remain uncovered by the initial data
items chosen, additional attention should be given to ways by which these
can be monitored, either by using additional data items included in this
study or by identifying other items which are not included here.

In summary, each jurisdiction should work through the following
procedure:

1) Identify the most important data items from Table V-1.
2) Identify the additional data items from Table V-2 through
V-4 depending on the jurisdiction's nature and location.
3) Scan the data items in Chapter III, identifying any
additional items which are valuable given local circumstances.

The resulting preliminary list of data items should reflect the goal
areas and important sub-goal issues and problems which influence planning
within the jurisdiction. With this list the jurisdiction can then proceed
to identify the sources of data and begin to assess the magnitude of the
time and resources required to systematically gather the information which
has been identified. Such resources include staff and budget. During this
process of implementing a monitoring system design, a jurisdiction may
choose to review again the initial list of data items, augmenting it or
deleting items which no longer seem necessary or do not appear worth the
time and effort to include. It is important, therefore, to avoid seeing

101

this initial data item list as unalterable, but rather to see it as a
preliminary list which can be adapted as circumstances dictate.

Published Data Collections

Data from published and other collected sources are available for
meeting certain plan monitoring data needs. This section outlines the
primary sources for these data. Jurisdictions can attempt to meet as many
of their monitoring data needs through the use of available data from these
sources, reserving their own data collection and management activity for
those data for which no other sources are available.

Table V-5 shows the primary published and other data collections which
contain some of the data items which a jurisdiction may include in a basic
monitoring system. Data items are listed by agency source; also included
are the goal areas to which each data item relates, the schedule for publi-
cation or dissemination of each source, and the primary level of disaggre-
gation of data which each source includes. The Table is a summary of
information included in Chapter III, and is organized so that a jurisdiction
can work from a list of data items to identify the primary sources in which
the data can be found.

Table V-5 also shows the extent to which the data available from
published and other sources can be used to cover the monitoring needs of
more than one goal area. By scanning the third column, which shows the
goal areas to which that data source is primarily relevant, those sources
which cover multiple goal areas can be identified. Such sources are
particularly valuable for a jurisdiction to have readily available.

Although all of the material included in Table V-5 is available in
published or other form, local Jurisdictions need to adopt an overall pro-
cedure by which they can gather, store, and make available the information
which they need for monitoring purposes. The specific means of gathering
the material will vary by source. Guidelines for gathering the information
and for handling it at the local level include:

1) Establish a checklist of required materials; use this check-
list to gather materials initially and to maintain a record
of which materials are received and on file.
2) Establish a central location for maintaining the monitoring
materials collection, or a system by which the location of
the materials can be found. If a central location is not
feasible the checklist of materials can include a reference
to the location.
3) Designate one individual to be responsible for maintaining
the collection of published materials.
4) For each publication adopt a specific means by which it is
obtained. Ask to be placed on the source agency's mailing
list, or periodically contact agencies with a request for
the most recent material.

102

The primary objective with regard to published and other readily avail-
able material is to maintain a collection from which monitoring and other
planning information can easily and quickly be extracted as desired. The
more systematically these materials are collected and the more reliably
they can be located and used, the better for monitoring purposes. Needless
to say such a collection of materials will be useful for a variety of local
planning purposes, including plan updating, providing source material for
background research on permit and other approvals, and for preparing grant
and other proposals.

Procedures may be established by each jurisdiction for the systematic
selection, extraction, and transcription to internal tabulation forms of
desired data items. Numeric and percentage comparisons with other juris-
dictions, as well as numeric and percentage change by time interval should
be computed and added to the tabulations for analysis of trends and compari-
sons with projection assumptions. Use of graphs and charts may facilitate
analysis of some data.

Administrative Records as Sources of Monitoring Data

As can be seen from Table V-5 the availability of planning data that
is summarized and published for many small area geographic units is almost
nonexistent, except for census of population and housing data. However, a
considerable amount of relevant data is contained in records routinely
collected by various agencies for administrative purposes, as indicated in
Table V-6. An adequate and economically feasible sub-area monitoring system
must make maximum use of these sources.

The records in these files are individual "transaction" records, e.g.,
a permit for construction for a specific building on a specific site issued
on a specific date, or the information relative to a specific parcel of
land at a specific time. The information typically has not been summarized
or aggregated to particular geographic areas. Moreover, no direct aggrega-
tions of the data can be made except to areas contained in the records--
zip code areas, map numbers, tax code areas, meter areas--and the descriptive
information in the records may be unreliable or inappropriate for planning
purposes. For example, a "commercial" connection for a utility may be an
apartment house, a "residential" property classification in real property
records does not necessarily indicate that the property is in residential
use, or a "barber shop" on a building permit is a descriptive classification
that is too detailed for general planning analysis. Therefore in order to
use the appropriate administrative records, if they can be obtained by
planning agencies, some amount of classification and geographic conversions
will probably be necessary.

The definition of geographic sub-area boundaries to which data will be
aggregated or disaggregated is not an easy task, and may vary depending on
the analytical needs and the sources of data. Urban growth boundaries,
neighborhoods, school attendance areas, retail service areas, and transpor-
tation zones are examples of such area definitions commonly used by planners,
and no single set of boundaries is likely to satisfy all needs completely.
The sub-area boundaries for principal secondary sources of information are

103

defined primarily for administrative purposes, such as zip code areas,
taxing districts, utility meter areas, mailing addresses, census enumeration
districts, or voter precincts. Unless a very sophisticated and flexible
geocode conversion system is developed by a local jurisdiction, compromises
appear inevitable and local planners will probably use geographic sub-areas
that have the most commonality or areas for which data are available.

In summary, the procedures which should be followed to extract useful
data from administrative records are the following:

1) Collection of Data. Define data items, methods of records
collection, timing, and recording procedures for information
that must be assembled. Establish agreements with other
agencies to provide access to or copies of administrative
records (coordination of city and county reports and agree-
ments is highly desirable). Establish internal procedures
for transferring pertinent information from permits or
approvals that are generated by planning agencies or routed
to planning agencies for action to tabular forms for subse-
quent processing for monitoring purposes.
2) Coding and Classification. Raw data from observations or
from administrative records must have some degree of inter-
pretation and classification before it can be summarized
for analysis. For example, generalized land use, housing
type, or geographic area designations must be added to allow
data aggregation. The association of geographic designations
which are included in individual administrative records (such
as addresses, map numbers, or zip codes) with larger geo-
graphic area designations may be done using a base map to
which each record can be compared. Alternatively, addresses
on administrative records can be aggregated using a geocoded
address file, if one is available. Care should be taken
when developing any coding and classification scheme to
assure that the summarized data will exhibit sufficient
detail for monitoring purposes.
3) Recording and Summarizing. Traditional forms of planning
data recording and presentation can be used. Tabular
summaries can be prepared using the geographic area designa-
tions and other codes which have been added to the individual
records. Data can also be presented in map or graphic form,
using a base map and colors, overlays or pins to represent
monitoring data items. This form of summarizing makes
quantification and evaluation by visual means possible, and
is very useful as a supplement to tabular summaries. Cross
classifications, such as representing land use changes by
zoning category by geographic area, can be done using
overlays.

The data and analysis associated with monitoring change for each given
time period (e.g., each year) should be maintained as a specific file or
map. The locational patterns at the beginning of the period, the changes
during the period, and the patterns at the end of the period are important
elements in the analysis of change.

104

An example illustrating in more detail how administrative data are
applied is included in Chapter VI.

Data Collection Through Field Investigations or Interviews

Certain monitoring data needs cannot be met with any form of available
data, either published or in the form of administrative records. In these
cases it is necessary to periodically collect the necessary data and
analyze and simmarize it for monitoring purposes. This is a common form of
planning data collection and analysis and need not be discussed in detail
here. The general procedure is very similar to sections 2 and 3 outlined
above for the use of administrative records.

An Example of a Manual Monitoring System

The simplest, most reliable and inexpensive manual system would rely
primarily on available published sources, secondary administrative record
sources that are routinely routed to the planning agency for action, data
which agencies have a statutory mandate to provide, administrative records
originated by the planning agency, and field inspections and interviews
conducted by planning agency staff.

Published Sources

The principal publications that should be readily available are the
decennial census of population and housing reports for Oregon, quinquennial
censuses of business and agriculture, City/County Data Pool, Local Office
Labor Trends, and Oregon Covered Employment and Payroll reports. Informa@
tion for the planning agency jurisdiction, adjacent jurisdictions and other
jurisdictions with comparable size and characteristics should be extracted
from these publications and summarized in tabular and graphic form.

In addition, prints of 1980 Census of Population and Housing microfiche
for Summary Tape Files 1A and 3A should be purchased or obtained from Oregon
Data Center sources. These contain small area (enumeration district or
block group) information that will not be published in any other form.
Basic patterns of social and economic change and housing indicators for the
local jurisdiction should be summarized and plotted on base maps containing
census boundary definitions for enumeration districts and block groups.

Secondary Administrative Records

These sources are principally construction and development or use
permits originated by various local, state, or federal agencies. As these
are routed to the planning agency for plan compliance approval or for
information purposes, the type of structure or use and the location should
be copied from the permit to some systematic recording form. Since
completion permits may not be routed to the planning agency and since the
development may utilize only a portion of the geographic area designated,
field inspections should be made perhaps six months following permit
approval for verification of construction. The data should be coded to

105

enumeration district/block group (or other defined small analytical areas)
and on an annual basis summarized, mapped, and evaluated in terms of plan
goals and objectives. The information can then be used to update various
components of the planning data base.

Statutory Mandated Sources

Approximately every two or three years, a county and the cities in the
county should jointly request and pay for listings of number of employees,
their SIC classification and address of firms for the entire county from
the state Employment Division. By reference to street and address maps the
various planning agencies can assign and code the employment data to small
analytical areas within their jurisdiction. The data can then be summarized,
mapped, graphed, and evaluated.

Planning Agency Originated Administrative Sources

Zone changes, variances, conditional use permits, land divisions,
annexations, and plan amendments are normally originated and processed by
the local planning agency. Some systematic procedures must be established
to transfer the types and locations of these activities to a uniform
summary recording form. The separate types of actions can be coded to -small
area designations, mapped, tabulated, summarized, and periodically evaluated
in conjunction with other indicators of change described above. The infor-
mation should also be used to update various planning data bases.

Field Inspections and Interviews

All of the above sources can be supplemented by systematic or periodic
observations, and by maintaining communications with appropriate key persons
in specific fields.

TABLE V-1

PRIMARY DATA ITEMS AND SOURCES:
ALL JURISDICTIONS

Availability

Administrative Field Observationsl
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

3) Agricultural Development and land 3-3 Local planning agency, x
Lands use actions approved ODEQ, DOGAMI, ODSL,
on land adjacent to COE
EFU-zoned land.

5) Open Space Changes in the supply 5-3 DOGAMI DOGAMI
of or demand for
mineral and aggregate
resources by type.
Record of development 5-1 Local planning agency,
occurring on or immed- ODOF, ODWR, ODSL, ODEQ,
iately adjacent to EFSC, FERC
designated and inven-
toried Goal 5 sites by
type of resource,
status of site, and
type of development

6) Air, Water Changes in resources 6-1 ODWR
and Land quality variables. ODEQ
Resources USGS
Quality Type and location of 6-2 Local planning agency,
development and ODEQ
activities requiring
a DEQ permit.

TABLE V-1 (continued)
Availability

Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

7) Natural Location, nature and 7-1 X
Disasters extent of natural
and Hazards disasters or hazards

Type and location of 7-2 Local planning agency,
developments and type DOGAMI, COE, HUD
of safeguards required.

8) Recreation Visitation at parks and 8-1 ODOT Local agency, USFS,
campgrounds by type of BLM, COE
visitation and public
versus private facili-
ties.

Changes in the supply of 8-6 ODOT Local agency, COE
park land and associated BLM
recreational facilities USFS
by type.

9) Local Employment by industry. 9-1 ODHR
Economy USDC
BPA

Employment distribu- 9-2 ODHR
tion by sector. USDC

Amount and location of 9-3 Local planning agency X
recent commercial and
industrial land devel-
opment.
Amount, location and 9-4 Local planning agency X
type of potential
new development.

TABLE V-1 (continued)..,
Availability

Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews
9) Local Amount and location of 9-5 ODEDJ Local planning agency
Economy developable commercial
(cont.) and industrial land.

10) Housing Number of housing units 10-1 Local planning agency
added to or subtracted
from the total housing
supply by housing type
and size of unit@.

Number of acres zoned 10-2 Local planning agency
C)
or planned for resi- Co
dential development
by type and maximum
densities.

Residential vacancy 10-3 OHD X
rates by tenure and
housing type.
Housing costs by type. 10-4 OHD X
Differences between 10-6 Local planning'agency
maximum allowable
densities and actual
densities occurring
at buildout.

Average household 10-8 OHD
income and income
distribution.

TABLE V-1 (continued)
Availability

Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

10) Housing Numbers of "special" 10-9 OHD
(cont.) households, e.g.,
handicapped, low
income and elderly.
Residential application 10-10 Local planning agency
processing time by type
of housing unit and
land use action.

11) Public Water supply capacities. 11-5 Local agency
Facilities Water quality ratings. 11-6 ODEQ
and
Services Development approvals 11-7 Local planning agency
by type and location
affecting facilities
and service demands.

Available landfill 11-8 Local agency, ODEQ
capacity.

12) Transpor- Traffic counts by 12-1 ODOT Local traffic engineer
tation vehicle type
Approvals affecting 12-2 Local planning agency
traffic demand or
hindering future
capacity expansion.
Aircraft operations 12-5 ODOT
counts.

TABLE V-1 (continued)
Availability

Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

12) Transpor- Approvals affecting 12-6 Local planning agency,
tation air traffic access ODOT
(cont.) or impacts.
Traffic accidents; 12-8 ODOT Local traffic engineer
traffic fatalities

13) Energy Energy use per capita 13-1 ODOE PUD, utility companies
Conserva- or per household.
tion
Measures taken to 13-2 ODOE Locai planning agency, x
promote energy PUD, utility companies
conservation.

14) Urbaniza- Development approved by 14-1 Local planning agency
tion type and geographical
area in the urban growth
boundary.
Development approved by 14-2 Local'planning agency
type in the urban growth
boundary and available
urbanizable land by zon-
ing type and character-
istics within city limits.

15) Willamette Type and location of 15-1 Local planning agency
River development, activities
Greenway* and land use actions
within Greenway Boundary.
Changes in quality of 15-2 ODEQ x
Greenway resources. ODFW

'This goal area applies only to those jurisdictions that include area lying withing the designated
Willamette River Greenway boundaries.

TABLE V-2

ADDITIONAL PRIMARY DATA ITEMS AND SOURCES:
URBAN AREAS

Availability

Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

11) Public Available wastewater 11-1
Facilities treatment capacity. Local agency, ODEQ
and Development approvals 11-3 Local planning agency
Services by type and location.
Developed and develop- 11-9 Local planning agency
able land in 100-year
floodplain.

Current and proposed 11-14 ODOED,
school facilities Local
capacity and staff district
by location.
12) Transpor- Bicycle traffic counts. 12-3 ODOT, Local traffic engineer
tation Local

agency
Approvals affecting 12-7 Local planning agency
pedestrian access.
Approvals affecting 12-9 Local planning agency
handicapped and trans-
portation disadvantaged
access.

TABLE V-3

ADDITIONAL DATA ITEMS AND SOURCES:
RURAL AREAS

Availability

Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

3) Agricultural Number of acres added 3-1 Local planning agency,
Lands to or subtracted from ODEQ, DOGAMI, ODSL, ODOE,
EFU zones. Assessor records

Value and quality of 3-2 USDA, x
production from EFU- USDC
zoned land.

Development and land 3-3 Local planning agency, x
use actions approved OEDQ, DOGAMI, ODSL, ODOE
on EFU-zoned lands.
3) Forest Number of acres added 4-1 ODOF Local planning agency,
Lands or subtracted from each ODEQ, ODOE, DOGAMI, BPA, COE
forest zone by type.
Number of building 4-4 Local planning agency
permits approved on
forest lands.

Average parcel size on 4-3 Assessor Records
private forest lands.

Volume of timber 4-7 ODOF
harvested by year by
ownership class.

TABLE V-3 (continued)
Rural Areas

Availability

Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Areas Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

5) Resources Changes in the number 5-4 Local planning agency,
of acres or stream miles ODOF, ODSL, ODFW, COE
in various habitat types
and associated inventor-
ies of animals supported.
Changes in number of 5-5 ODEQ, USFS, BLM, local
acres in or proposed for interest groups
natural area status.

Changes in groundwater 5-8 ODEQ, ODSL, ODWR, USGS,
resource quality by crit- local watermasters
ical groundwater area.

TABLE V-4

ADDITIONAL DATA ITEMS AND SOURCES:
COASTAL AREAS*

Availability
Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

8) Recreation Boating use by type 8-3 OMB
and by water body.

changes in the supply 8-7 OMB Local planning agency,
of boat mooring/launch- ODSL, COE
ing facilities by type
and area.

16) Estuarine Number of acres of land 16-1 ODSL, COE, ODFW, X 41
Resources and water added to or universities
subtracted from each
estuarine management
unit.

Type, extent of develop- 16-2 Local planning agency,
ment and activity by ODSL, USDA, OMB, ODFW,
estuarine management COE
unit.

Amount and type of' 16-3 X
habitat area added to
or subtracted from
the estuary.

Development and activi- 16-4 Local planning agency, X
ties by type, area, ODSL, ODFW, OMB, COE
location and impact on
habitats.

TABLE V-4 (Continued)

Availability
Administrative Field Observations/
Coal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

16) Estuarine Results of impact 16-5 Local planning agency,
Resources assessments with ODEQ, ODW, ODWR, USGS
(cont.) regard to productivity
variables of water
quality, species of
flora and fauna,
hydrologic character-
istics, etc.

Actions taken in 16-6 Local planning agency
response to impact
assessments. U1

Current water quality 16-7 ODEQ, ODWR, USGS X
measurements, shoaling
and rate of flow.

Type, location and 16-8 Local planning agency, X
extent of developments ODWR, ODOF, ODEQ
and activities creating
discharges, sedimenta-
tion or reduced stream
flow.

Status of mitigation 16-9 X
sites.

Mitigation actions 16-10 Local planning agency,
related to fills and ODSL, COE
dredging in intertidal
or tidal waters.

TABLE V-4 (Continued)

Availability
Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

16) Estuarine Status of dredged 16-11 x
Resources material disposal
(cont.) sites.

Location and amount 16-12 ODSL, COE, Port districts
of dredging and
material disposal.

Depth, width of 16-13 OMB, COE x
channels, turning
basins, bar crossings
and status of author-
ized navigation
structures.

Efforts to improve or 16-14 Local planning agency, x
maintain navigational ODSL, COE
capability.

Number of acres added 16-15 x
to or subtracted from
watqr-dependent areas.

Type, size, and loca- 16-16 Local planning agency,
tion of developments ODSL, ODOT, COE
and land use actions
affecting areas desig-
nated for water-
dependent development.

Size, use, and location 16-17 Local planning agency,
of docks and piers. ODOT, ODSL, COE

TABLE V-4 (Continued)

Availability
Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

16) Estuarine Status of designated 16-18 x
Resources sites for restoration.
(cont.) Amount, type, and 16-19 Local planning agency x
location of restora-
tion actions.

17) Coastal Quality and quantity 17-1 x
Shorelands of shoreland natural

resources

Type, size, and loca- 17-2 Local planning agency,
tion of developments ODSL, ODOT, COE
and land use actions
allowed in "natural
shorelands."

Amount of area and 17-3 x
current suitability
of water-dependent
areas/sites.

Type, size, and loca- 17-4 Local planning agency,
tion of developments ODSL, ODOT, COE
and activities allowed
on and adjacent to
water-dependent sites.

Amount of area and 17-5 x
current suitability
of dredged material
disposal sites.

TABLE V-4 (Continued)

Availability
Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

17) Coastal Type, size, and loca- 17-6 Local planning agency,
Shorelands tion of developments ODSL, COE
(cont.) and activities on or
adjacent to disposal
sites.

Amount of area and 17-7 X
current suitability of
designated mitigation
sites.

Type, size, and loca- 17-8 Local planning agency, X 00
tion of developments ODSL, COE
and activities permit-
ted on or adjacent to
mitigation sites.

Type, location, and 17-9 Local planning agency,
extent of developments ODSL, COE
and activities permit-
ted on rural shorelands.

Amount and condition 17-10 ODFW, ODOT, ODEQ, USGS X
of riparian vegetation;
measures of sedimenta-
tion and water quality.

Location, type, extent 17-11 Local planning agency, X
of developments and ODSL, ODOT, COE
activities affecting
riparian vegetation.

TABLE V-4 (Continued)

Availability
Administrative Field Observations/
Coal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

17) Coastal Actions taken to 17-12 ODOT, local planning X
Shorelands improve riparian agency
(cont.) vegetative cover.

Location, nature, and 17-13 X
extent of flooding in
shoreland areas.

Type, location, and 17-14 Local planning agency,
size of developments ODSL, ODOT, COE
and activities permit-
ted in floodplain areas.

Type, location, and 17-15 Local planning agency, X
extent of developments ODSL, ODOT, COE
and structures built
to control flooding
and erosion.

18) Beaches and Current physical, 18-1 ODWR, ODOT, ODFW, COE X
Dunes vegetative, ground-
water, and habitat
characteristics.

Location and extent 18-2 ODWR, ODOT, ODFW, COE X
of vegetative damage
and erosion.

Measures of ground- 18-3 ODWR X
water quality and
quantity.

TABLE V-4 (Continued)

Availability
Administrative Field Observations/
Goal Area Data Item Number Published Records Interviews

18) Beaches and Location and extent 18-4 ODOT X
Dunes of beach front
(cont.) structures.

Location and extent 18-5 ODOT X
of breached foredunes.

Type, extent, and loca- 18-6 Local planning agency,
tion of developments ODWR, ODEQ, ODOT, ODSL,
and land use actions COE
approved for beach and
dune areas. 0

Use of data need will depend on whether the jurisdiction includes the resource areas addressed
(estuarine, coastal shorelands, beaches, and dunes).

121

TABLE V-5

PUBLISHED DATA SOURCES

Publication Geographic
Source Agency Title Goal Area(s) interval Coverage

STATE AGENCIES

Department of County Indicators 9 Annual County
Economic
Development Economic Develop- 9 Intended to County
(ODED) ment Clearinghouse be annual
Data Books

Directory of 9 Bi-annual County, city
Manufacturers

Department of School Enrollments 11 Annual Countyj
Education district
(ODOED)

Department of Annual Report 13 Annual State
Energy (ODOE)

Department of Air Quality 5,6,11 Annual State, local
Environmental Annual Report jurisdictions
Quality (ODEQ)
Water Quality 5,6,11, One-time State, local
in Oregon, 1981 16 jurisdictions

Managing Solid 3,6,11 Annual State, local
Waste in Oregon jurisdictions

Local Water 5,6,11, Periodic Sampling
Quality Reports 16,17 stations

Municipal Waste- 10,16, Annual State, local
water Treatment 17,18 jurisdictions
Construction
Grant Program

Department of Annual Reports, 5,8,16, Annual State, county,
Fish and Fish Division 17,18 watershed
Wildlife Wildlife Division
(ODFW)

Department of Annual Report 4 Annual County
Forestry
(ODOF) Oregon Timber 4, 9 Annual County
Harvest Report

122

TABLE V-5 (Continued)

Publication Geographic
Source Agency Title Goal Area(s) Interval Coverage

STATE AGENCIES

Health State Vital li Annual County
Division Statistics

Department of Annual Production 5 Annual Market areas
Geology and Figures (some counties)
Mineral Indus- Oregon'Geology 7 Monthly' State
tries (DOGAMI)

Housing Building Permit 10 Monthly County, cities
Division Report over 500
(OHD)
Vacancy Rate 10 Periodic City
Data (or on
request)

Household Income 10 Annual County
Data

Department Oregon Covered 9 Annual County
of Human Employment and
Resources Payrolls
(ODHR)
Annual Economic 9 Annual County
Reports

Labor Trends 9 Monthly State, county

Marine Board Boating Use 8,12 Every 3 County, water
(OMB) Study 16 years body

Center for Population 9,10, Annual County, city
Population Estimates and 11,12
Research and Forecasts
Census (CPRC)

Division of Annual Report on 16,17,18 Annual
State Lands Removal and Fill
(ODSL) Permits

Department of Annual Traffic 11,12 Annual Traffic counter
Transportation Volume Tables location
(ODOT)
Small Cities 11,12 Periodic Local
Studies jurisdication

123

TABLE V-5 (Continued

Publication Geographic
Source Agency Title Goal Area(s) Interval Coverage

STATE AGENCIES

Department of Oregon Traffic 12 Annual County, cities
Transportation Accidents Summary over 10,000
(ODOT)
(Cont.) Airport Opera- 11,12 Periodic, Airport
tions Forecasts upon request

Airport Encroach- 11,12 Periodic Airport
ment Data

Bicycle Traffic 12 Annual Traffic counter
Counts location

State Parks User 8 Annual Park
Statistics

State Parks Plan 5,8,17, Biannual Stat e park
18

Out of State 9 Annual State
Travel Revenue
Report

Summary of Beach 16,17,18 Annual Permit location
Permits Issued

FEDERAL AGENCIES

Department of Annual Report 3,9 Annual County
Agriculture
(Extension
Service) (USDA)

Bonneville Population, House- 9,10, Periodic County
Power Admin- hold and Employment 11,12
istration Projections
(BPA)

Bureau of Land BLM Facts 3,4,5, Annual BLM District
Management 8
(BLM)

Department of Census of Popula- 9,10 Every 10 County, city?
Commerce lation and Housing years sub-county
(Bureau of the areas
Census) (USDC)

124

TABLE V-5 (Continued)

Publication Geographic
Source Agency Title Goal Area(s) Interval Coverage

FEDERAL AGENCIES

Department of Census of Agri- 3,9 Every 5 County
Commerce culture years
(Bureau of the
Census) (USDC) Census of Manufac- 9 Every 5 County, cities
(continued) turing, Wholesale years
Trade, Retail Trade,
Service Industries

Annual Survey of 9 Annual County
Manufacturers

County Business 9 Annual County
Patterns

(Bureau of Local Area 9 Annual County
Economic' Personal Income
Analysis)

Army Corps of Section 10, 8,16, Quarterly Coast
Engineers Section 404 17,18
(COE) Permit Summaries
Facility Reports 7,16, Prior to Site
& studies 17,18 construction

Forest Service Forest Lands 4,8 Every 10 Forest
(USFS) Inventory years

Timber Resources 4 Every 3 to County
5 years

Geological Water Resources 5,6,11, Annual Guaging
Survey (USGS) for Oregon 16,17 station

125

TABLE V-6

ADMINISTRATIVE RECORD DATA SOURCES

Geographic
Source Agency Title Goal Area(s) Designation

LOCAL

County Assess- Real property 3,4,10 Address/zip,
ment and Tax- records Map/tax lot
ation Subdiv. lot & block
Tax code area

Planning Building (devel- 3,4,5,6,7,8, Address/zip,
Agency ment) permits 9,10,13,14, Map/tax lot W,
15,16,17,18 Subdiv. lot & block

Land divisions 3,5,7,10, Mapped
13,14,15,18

Conditional use 3,5,7,9,10, Address/zip,
permits and 13,14,15,16, map/tax lot
variances 17,18 Subdiv. lot & block

Zone changes 3,4,5,7,9, Address/zip,
10,15,16, map/tax lot
17,18 Subdiv. lot & block

Annexations 10,14 Mapped,
Map/tax lot Vs

Plan ammendments 3,4,5,9,10, Mapped
14,16,17,18

Capital Improve- 3,6,7,9,13, Mapped,
ment Project Plans 14,15,17,18 Address/zip,
Map/tax lot Vs

Public & Private Customer records 9,13 Address/zip,
Utility Districts meter area

Traffic Accident reports 12 Intersection,
Engineering Address

Traffic counts 12 Street location

126

TABLE V-6 (Continued)

Geographic
Source Agency Title Goal Area(s) Designation

STATE

Department of Food processing 16 Address/zip
Agriculture (ODA) license

Department of Transmission line 4,5 Mapped
Energy (ODOE) approvals

Energy tax credits 13 Address/zip

Department of Forest Practices 4,5,6 Mapped
Forestry (ODOF) permits

Department of Inventory of 15,17 Mapped
Fish & Wild- riparian vegetation
life (ODFW)

Department of Surface mining 3,4,5 Map/Township/
Geology and permits Range/Section
Mineral Indus-
tries (DOGAMI) Permit notification 6 Map/Township/
sign-off forms Range/Section

Department of Solid Waste 3,5,16,18 Mapped, Township/
Environmental Disposal permits Range/Section
Quality (ODEQ) description*

Air contaminant 6 Same
discharge permits -
Waste discharge 6,16 Same
permit
Subsurface sewage 18 Same
disposal permit

Department of Ocean shore 17,18 Address/Tax lot
Transportation improvement
(ODOT) permits
"Zone line" and 18 Map location
beach front erosion
investigation

Department of Employment compen- 9 Firm address/zip
Human Resources sation records
Employment for firms
Division (ODHR)

127

TABLE V-6 (Continued)

Geographic
Source Agency Title Goal Area(s) Designation

STATE
State Lands Dike repair and 3,16,17,18 Township/Range/
Division bank protection Section/River mile
(ODSL) permits

Fill and removal 5,16,17,18 Township/Range/
permits Section/River mile

Leases 8,16 Mapped, Township/
Range/Section/
River mile *

Investigations of 16 Mapped, Township/
permit violations Range/Section/
River mile

Department of Hydropower develop- 5 Mapped. Stream,
Water Resources ment permits and Point of Diversion,
(ODWR) licenses Township, Range/
Sectionfi-4 Section

Stream flow 16 Township/Range/
recordings Section, Latitude/
Longitude

Appropriations of 16,18 Mapped, Stream,
water Point of Diversion,
Township, Range/
Section/ 14 Section*

Well water levels 3,6,1!,18 Well locations

Stream flow reports 5,6,16 Monitoring locations

State Marine Houseboat permits 16 Marina/Slip V
Board (OMB) Mailing address

128

TABLE V-6 (continued)
0

Geographic
Source Agency Title Goal Area(s) Designation

FEDERAL

Army Corps of Dam Construction 4 Mapped/Water body
Engineers permits and river mile*
(COE)
Section 404 permits 3,8,16,17,18 Mapped/Water body
and river mile

Section 10 permits 3,16,17,18 Mapped/Water body
and river mile*

Investigation of 16 Mapped/Water body
permit violations and river mile

Offshore sand 18 Mapped/Water body
movement studies and river mile*

Bonneville Transmission lines 4 Mapped
Power
Administration
(BPA)

One or more of indicated designations may be used.

129

V1. APPLICATION OF THE MONITORING SYSTEM

The purpose of this chapter is to illustrate in further detail how to
use the basic monitoring system described in Chapter V. It includes a
description of how to apply the system to the problems of day-to-day land
use decisions as well as how to apply it to monitoring of plan implementa-
tion in the longer term. Examples are used to ensure better understanding
of the use of system components and procedures.

The sections following this introduction contain descriptions of a step
by step application of the system by a coastal city and a coastal county.
Coastal jurisdictions are used as examples because their plans must address
all applicable statewide planning goals except Goal 15 (Willamette Greenway).
Although the described applications of the system are basically hypotheti-
cal, they are the result of interviews with coastal planning personnel and
reflect actual situations in two coastal jurisdictions. The application of
the monitoring system is consistent with the approach set forth in the
"User's Guide" presented in the second section of this chapter. The third
section describes application to monitoring plan implementation. The fourth
includes a discussion of system application to selected problems involving
current land-use decisions. Finally, this chapter concludes with observa-
tions concerning the possible difficulties jurisdictions will encounter in
establishing and implementing a monitoring system and some suggestions for
overcoming those difficulties.

User's Guide

Each Chapter in this handbook has built upon the previous in discussing
development of a plan monitoring system. This section is intended to recap
the discussion in those chapters by setting forth, step by step, the basic
steps in designing a monitoring plan to meet the objectives and capabilities
of your jurisdiction.

This User's Guide is not intended to substitute for a more thorough
reading of the handbook but rather to provide a concise outline and series
of references to the reader. The User's Guide is simply an outline of the
process recommended for setting up a monitoring system and for using this
handbook to do so.

Step 1: Familiarize Yourself with the Handbook. Skim through the
handbook to gain familiarity with the background, organization and type of
information provided. In particular, review Chapter II, which discusses
the various functions a monitoring system can provide, and Chapter III to

130

discover the various comprehensive plan objectives upon which the monitoring
system is based. Also review Appendix A which describes some of the exist-
ing planning data systems currently in use by Oregon jurisdictions.

Step 2: Identify and Select Plan Objectives. Prior to design of a
monitoring system the major objectives of the plan and its implementing
ordinances must be identified. Chapter III of the handbook is a good place
to begin. Chapter III lists the major objectives and, where appropriate,
components of each statewide planning goal. Each local government, based
on its individual situation and how its plan policies are phrased, may want
to state these objectives more explicitly or add components not identified
in the Tables of Chapter III.

Most jurisdictions will not have the resources sufficient to undertake
monitoring for all plan objectives and components. However, staff resources
available should not be the primary consideration in this initial step.
The jurisdiction should define its monitoring needs initially based upon
local considerations, as reflected in the plan, and the value of the
monitoring data in resolving planning issues. Some of the factors to be
considered in this initial selection may include:

A. The importance attached to particular local goals, plan policies
and implementation measures. For instance, a common controversy centering
on forest lands is the amount of "non-forest" development which can be
allowed and the standards used to control non-forest uses. A county with
considerable forest acreage, and hence an objective of protection of the
forest base, may choose to carefully monitor the effects of non-forest uses
on forest land so it will have a rational basis for evaluating implementing
standards at the first plan update.

B. The frequency with which the local agency must deal with certain
planning issues during implementation. If application of an implementation
standard or land use action for specific activities (i.e., conditional use
standards and procedures or application for non-farm dwelling) is a frequent
occurrence, the jurisdiction may choose to monitor the outcome of the
planning decisions to ensure the intent of plan policies is being met or
the standards are being applied objectively. If policies or implementing
standards pertaining to frequently dealt with issues are inadequate, the
opportunity for planning problems is far greater than for infrequent
actions.

C. The confidence placed on the implementing measures to accomplish
their intended purpose. If the implementing measures are clear and
objective so there is little doubt application will result in the desired
policy implementation, monitoring is less critical. However, where imple-
mentation measures rely on highly subjective standards or inadequate base-
line data, monitoring is far more critical.

D. The dollar savings achievable by maintaining current plan
inventories and avoiding re-inventorying for plan update work. If a juris-
diction were to maintain a current inventory of buildable lands or dwelling
units through monitoring, the data necessary to re-evaluate planning

131

assumptions during plan updates will be readily available. There will be
no need for costly surveying or field observations. Therefore, where the
cost of re-inventorying is likely to be high, monitoring should receive a
higher priority.

E. The value of monitoring data for other uses which may be
unrelated to the comprehensive plan. For instance, data on household
income distribution, housing unit demand, tenure or housing vacancy are
often necessary to apply for housing assistance grants from state or
federal agencies. Data on development occurring within the urban growth
boundary may be valuable in determining revenue projections.

F. The emphasis placed on certain plan policies or implementing
measures by the Land Conservation and Development Commission.

Step 3: Select Data Items. Once a list of goals and objectives has
been established the specific types of data needed for monitoring must be
identified. The Tables in Chapter III and Tables V-1 through V-4 in
Chapter V will be helpful in this regard. It is important to identify the
data needed for monitoring in very specific terms. In specifying monitor-
ing indicators the jurisdiction will need to:

A. Identify the level of measurement to be used. This will vary with
the type of item being monitored. Some examples of monitoring indicators
might include number of building permits issued, parts per million of
dissolved oxygen, number of stream miles or number of acres in certain plan
categories. These can be specified in as much detail as desired, for
instance, building permits issued by type (single family, multi family,
mobile home) and size (one bedroom, two bedroom, etc.). The choice of
measurement level will depend on the quality of inventory the jurisdiction
is trying to maintain, the monitoring objectives and the resources avail-
able. When recording local administrative permits it should be emphasized
that it takes very little additional time to record building permits by
type and size over what it takes simply to tally permits issued. The
majority of data items in Tables V-1 through V-4 are specific although
several are phrased more generally. These will have to be converted to
specific data items based upon local monitoring priorities.

B. Identify the geographical districts to be used for geocoding. For
instance, if a tally of building permits, zone changes, etc. is to be main-
tained for monitoring purposes, the jurisdiction will need to identify the
geographical breakdown which will be most useful in monitoring (i.e.,
inside UGB versus outside, by census tract, by transportation zone, by
neighborhood or simply for the city as a whole). Chapter V and the
appendices provide some direction concerning choice of the geographical
districts.

C. Identify the frequency with which the data indicators will be
summarized. For instance, residential building permits issued by type and
size by month for areas inside the urban growth boundary but outside the
city.

132

Step 4: Identify Data Sources. Once the data needed for plan
monitoring has been identified the jurisdiction will'need to identify the
sources for each data item and evaluate the adequacy of the source data in
meeting monitoring objectives. To use the handbook for identification of
sources the jurisdiction should:

A. Consult the Tables in Chapter III which identify the source records
or agency for each of the data items identified there.

B. Develop a data needs/sources matrix which lists the data items
selected for monitoring on one axis and the source or sources for that data
on the other axis. A sample of this matrix format is shown in a later
section of this chapter. The matrix allows the jurisdiction to identify
where one source will be used for a variety of data items and, consequently,
will help in designing forms on which to record or tally data items. The
matrix will also point out data items for which more than one data source
is required. This will aid in coordinating data collection and also in
further refining the list of data items according to the amount of staff
time and effort data collection will require.

C. Consult Chapter IV and Tables V-5 and V-6 in Chapter V for
specific information on the data sources. Chapter IV contains a source by
source and agency by agency discussion of the content of published data
sources, a listing of applicable permits or administrative records issued
or compiled by state or federal gencies, and a general discussion of the
limitations of the data. Tables V-5 and V-6 contain, respectively, a
listing of published data sources and administrative record data sources.
Information is provided on the frequency of publication and the level of
geographical coverage.

D. Determine, based on the discussion of limitations in Chapter IV or,
the level of geographical disaggregation shown in Tables V-5 and V-6, if
the published source or the state or federal administrative records are
sufficient for local monitoring needs. The jurisdiction may need to
contact the source agency to determine if the data could be obtained at a
level more useful for local plan monitoring purposes and, if so, how much
staff time or cost will be involved. From the data needs/source matrix
identify those items where field investigations or interviews will be
required and the level of expertise required to undertake these investiga-
tions. Estimate the staff time involved and compare this with existing
staff resources.

Step 5: Define Scope of Monitoring System. In Step 2 it was
recommended that the jurisdiction select monitoring goals and objectives
based on several factors. Step 5 involves a further refinement of this
list based solely on the availability of staff resources and the adequacy
of data available from published sources. Where data meaningful to local
plan monitoring is not available from published sources and cannot be
obtained efficiently, abandonment of the associated data item may be
necessary. If alternative data items are not available, the jurisdiction
may not be able to monitor that component. In some cases the overall
monitoring objective may need to be abandoned. As an example, a city with

133

the objective of providing affordable housing to all residents may choose
to monitor vacancy rates by tenure according to various price ranges of
rental and owner occupied housing to determine what type of housing is most
needed. However, in finding that vacancy data at this level of detail
would require periodic survey research by the city staff, the city may
decide that a single general vacancy rate figure will have to suffice as
an indicator without careful examination of tenure or cost components. If
the staff is not trained to undertake certain types of field investigations
(i.e., habitat quality changes in estuarine areas), and state or federal
agency personnel are unable to provide the necessary field investigations
that monitoring requires, the jurisdiction may have to look for less ideal
sources of monitoring data or monitor at a more general level. It is
suggested that jurisdictions use a data needs/sources matrix along with
the evaluation of sources and delete unfeasible data items from the matrix.
The final matrix will define the scope of a realistic plan monitoring
system.

An example of this step in applying the monitoring system is provided
in the following section of this Chapter.

Step 6: Establish a Process for Collecting, Recording and Summarizing
the Data. Now that a final listing of data items needed for monitoring has
been established a procedure must be developed for collecting, recording,
summarizing and analyzing the data. The following process is suggested:

A. Published Sources.

1) Establish a checklist of required materials; use this check-
list to gather materials initially and to maintain a record
of which materials are received and on file.

2) Establish a central location for maintaining the monitoring
materials collection, or a system by which the location of
the materials can be found. If a central location is not
feasible, the checklist of materials can include a reference
to the location.

3) Designate one individual to be responsible for maintaining
the collection of published materials.

4) For each publication adopt a specific means by which it is
obtained. Ask to be placed on the source agency's mailing
list, or periodically contact agencies with a request for
the most recent material.

5) In most cases it will not be necessary to transfer published
data to special forms for summary or analysis. Most
published data available have primary value for plan updating
or are valuable as background data for permit approvals
(i.e., quarry operations, subsidized housing project
proposals, etc.) and for preparation of grant proposals.
These published sources are also valuable for comparisons

134

between jurisdictions. However, maintaining a central
location for the published documents so they are readily
accessible and a catalog of their general content and
value for monitoring and update purposes is sufficient.
Some examples of the use of published data in monitoring
applications is provided in this chapter.

B. Local, State and Federal Administrative Records.

1) Using a data needs/sources matrix, identify the local,
state or federal permits or records which will be
necessary to review for monitoring purposes. Identify
those state and federal permits for which the jurisdic-
tion routinely receives notification or referrals (i.e.,
Army Corps Section 10 and 404, Division of State Lands,
Department of Environmental Quality, Department of
Geology and Mineral Industry permits, etc.). Certain
agencies are not required to notify local governments
of administrative actions. The jurisdiction should
identify any of these permits which it might need for
monitoring purposes and arrange with the responsible
agency to receive notification or collect summary data.

2) Determine the data needed from local, state and federal
administrative records. If the data provided in the
notification are insufficient for monitoring, contact
the agency and try to arrange for a more complete
referral. The level of detail in measurement required
will determine how the data are recorded. In many
cases the interest will be simply in tallying the
number of permits issued by type. For instance, number
of building permits issued by type by month or number
of approvals granted by ODSL for fill or removal.
However, these data are often more valuable if
delineated geographically and if further substantive
information is provided. For instance, the number of
ODSL permits for fill or removal, number of acres
involved by estuary and river mile. These Aata can be
summarized annually to keep a current inventory of the
number of acres in each estuarine management unit and
can be compared with measures of habitat quality to
make judgments concerning long term effects. For even
more detailed monitoring the tally can be keyed to a
file of impact assessments and conditions of approval
summaries.

3) Determine if any portion of the data recording or
monitoring effort will be computerized. If there is
interest in a computerized system, consult Chapter VII
and Appendix B to gain some insight into the process
for setting up a computerized system.

135

4) Establish a coding or classification system for the data.
If, for example, the jurisdiction wants to monitor
building permit activity by geographic location, the
recording forms should include a code representing types
of permits (i.e., 1 = single family, 2 = multi family,,
3 = mobile home) and geographical location. Geographical
boundaries also must be adopted (i.e., neighborhood,
census tract, etc.) and a coding system established for
converting addresses or map and tax lot numbers to those
boundary designations.

5) Develop forms for recording the coded data and disseminate
those to the person or persons responsible for the permits.
A sample form for recording building permit activity is
shown in Figure VI-1 but a wide variety of formats can be
used depending on the level of aggregation desired.

The forms should be set up to permit quick simmariza-
tion for the time period selected (monthly, annually, semi-
annually, etc.).

The data and analysis associated with monitoring
change for each given time period (e.g., each year) should
be maintained as a specific file or map. The locational
patterns at the beginning of the period, the changes during
the period, and the patterns at the end of the period are
important elements in the analysis of change.

C. Field Investigations.

1) Establish a schedule for conducting field observations and
interviews where such a schedule is implied by the monitoring.

2) Establish some basic criteria which the field observer will
use so changes over time can be monitored. For instance,
when measuring the "quality" of estuarine or shoreland
habitat types it will be necessary to establish a series
of quantifiable indicators to be monitored over time such
as number of animals supported, stream miles of riparian
vegetation, etc.

3) A filing system for the reports of field observations and
interviews should be established.

An example of establishing a process for collecting, recording and
summarizing data is presented in the following section of this chapter.

Step 7: Use of Data for Monitoring and Other Purposes. The primary
monitoring applications for the data collected and summarized include:

a) documenting and evaluating plan objective achievements. Change
and components of change summaries can be compared to plan

FIGURE VI-1

Building Permit Activity Record (New Construction, Demolitions, Conversions)

Month Year

New Construction Demolitions Total
Geographical Residenti 10) Commercial Industrial Issued
Location Single Family Apartment Duplex Condominium Mobile Home (2) (3)

Inside City
North
Northeast
Northwest
West
East Lj
South
Southeast
Southwest

Urban Growth Boundary
North
South
East
West

Total Issued
1. Indicate in parenthesis the number of units In the apartment or condo complex.
2. Use this code to denote category of commercial development, based on zoning code:
1 = Neighborhood Commercial
2 = Community Commercial
3 = Regional Commercial
4 = Public
3. Use this code to denote category of industrial development, based on zoning code:
1 = Light Industrial
2 = Medium Industrial
3 = Heavy Industrial

137

objectives, and the effectiveness of plan policies and
implementation measures ascertained.

b) adapting plan policies and implementation procedures to
current community conditions. Monitoring data summaries
will identify inventory, capacity and other changes which
are necessary given changes occurring in the community.

c) critiquing plan goals and objectives. Monitoring informa-
tion can suggest that alteration of local objectives may
lead to more desirable community development.

The city or county also may use the collected data for other purposes
such as maintaining or developing plan inventories, analyzing current land
use proposals, and preparing grant assistance applications. How the data
are to be used obviously influences the type of data handling procedure and
the method and frequency of data analysis established by a jurisdiction.

In the following two sections of this chapter a discussion of examples
of applying data to monitoring and to the other purposes identified above
is provided.

Application of Monitoring System to Plan Implementation

This section provides an illustration of a step by step application of
the basic monitoring system which is consistent with the User's Guide
described above. The City of Newport and Lincoln County are used as example
jurisdictions. These two jurisdictions were chosen since they represent
many of the problems faced by the typical city or county in addition to
those special problems faced by coastal cities and counties. It is
recognized, however, that there can be very important differences between
jurisdictions in monitoring needs for certain goal areas based on local
circumstances, size of the jurisdiction, the resource mix and geographical
location. Unfortunately, it is not possible to provide examples which take
into account each of these local circumstances.

In reviewing this example of applying the monitoring system, it must
be understood that:

1. The monitoring illustrations were based on only preliminary
conversations with members of the planning staff of each
jurisdiction. The monitoring priorities in an actual situation
would not be finalized without extensive discussions among the
planning staff and other local personnel and perhaps the
elected body.

2. The list of monitoring objectives is for illustration purposes
only and may differ from a list which would be derived after
more extensive local review.

3. The monitoring objectives and data needs are not intended to
indicate priorities or importance ascribed by the Land

138

Conservation and Development Commission. Again, the
examples are intended to illustrate the process of
monitoring for planning objectives.

With these caveats in mind the subsequent pages follow the steps out-
lined in the User's Guide, with the obvious exception of step 1, review of
the entire handbook.

Step 2. Selection of Planning Objectives to Monitor. Planning staff
from Lincoln County and Newport reviewed Chapter.III of the handbook and
compared it to their comprehensive plans to arrive at lists of plan objec-
tives they wanted to monitor. Tables VI-1 and VI-2 indicate the selections
by goal area which were made by Lincoln County and Newport respectively.
The second column in each table explains briefly some of the reasoning
behind selection of each objective.

Step 3. Identify Data Needed for Monitoring the_Selected Objectives.
Tables VI-1 and VI-2 also include the lists of needed data items. These
were identified by reviewing the data items specified in Chapter III and in
Tables V-1 through V-4 and listing those that apply to the planning objec-
tives and components selected by Lincoln County and Newport. In several
instances, the data items listed in the following tables are more specific
than those listed in Chapter III and Tables V-1 through V-4. The reason
for this is that Lincoln County's-and Newport's monitoring preferences were
more specific as to type of development indicator, unit or level of
measurement, or geographic area to consider. In nearly all cases, the
data items listed in the tables are included within, if not the same as,
those listed in the handbook. The numbering of the data items in the
following tables refers to the data items suggested in Chapter III and
Tables V-1 through V-4. When data items have been broken into separate
items to address specific local monitoring objectives, the numbers reflect
this division. For example, data item 4-4 relating to forest land may
become 4-4(a), 4-4(b), etc. When totally new data items are needed to
monitor for unique local objectives, these are identified with a goal
number followed by a letter (e.g., 4-a).

Identifying data items in the most specific terms allows easier
evaluation of the amount of time collection or recording will entail, and
determination whether outside sources are adequate to supply the data.
Without knowing exactly what data are desirable for monitoring it will not
be possible to accurately identify and evaluate sources.

Step 4. Identify Data Sources. With the specific delineation of data
needs in Tables VI-1 and VI-2, it then becomes possible to identify sources
for the data and any overlap between those sources. As suggested by the
User's Guide, the general sources for the various data items were identified
by examining the Tables in Chapter III. A data item sources matrix is then
developed for both Lincoln County (Table VI-3) and Newport (Table VI-4)
which lists the data items in goal order on the horizontal axis and the
various sources on the vertical axis. The data item number in Tables VI-1
and VI-2 is used in the two matrices rather than stating the data item
itself. This is done to permit reproduction in the handbook. In actual
application the matrix can be developed on large paper so the individual

139

data items can be specified. To avoid listing a large number of potential
data sources on the vertical axis and to provide a more complete explana-
tion of the specific data source (e.g., appropriate permit or title of
published source) a series of footnotes is used.

The specific permits and titles of published reports are identified by
consulting Chapter IV under the appropriate agency responsible. Using this
matrix method a comprehensive listing of the various data sources can be
developed and any overlap between data items and sources can be identified.
For example, Table VI-3 shows building permit records are the primary data
item needed in 10 instances in monitoring for Lincoln County's objectives.
This has implications for the types of forms developed for recording
building permit data. The matrix also is used to determine if there are
adequate staff resources to monitor for various objectives.

Following this identification of sources, each source should be
critically evaluated in terms of its ability to provide the level of data
needed for local monitoring purposes and the limitations inherent in the
data. This step is not illustrated for all data items. However, to
provide the reader with an illustration of how this evaluation would work
and how subsequent steps described in the User's Guide would be carried out,
an example using coastal planning objectives is presented below.

A review of the data items and sources shown in the sample matrix for
Lincoln County (Table VI-3) indicates that to monitor objectives for
estuarine resources and coastal shorelands the county must rely heavily on
field observations, interviews and state and federal administrative-records
(ODSL, COE). During the county's first review of planning objectives and
data items (Steps 2 and 3) it eliminated several data items because the
planning objectives had a low priority and the sources were limited to
field observations and interviews (e.g., Data Items 16-1, 3, 15 and 17-1, 3).
The county felt that it had neither the time nor expertise to conduct the
field inspections and interviews required to obtain the data. Now, with
all data items and sources identified in one Table, a general impression of
the staff time required in field investigations and interviews can be seen.
An estimate of the required time should be made and compared to existing
staff resources and the priority attached to collecting the data. In cases
where field observations and interviews serve as supplementary sources of
data they possibly can be eliminated. Where the planning objective has a
high priority and the only source of data is through field observations and
interviews, such as providing for disposal of dredged material, the county
will conduct the inspections and interviews to determine the current
capacity and suitability of designated dredged material disposal sites
(Data Items 16-11 and 17-5).

With regard to the state and federal administrative record sources,
the county needs to determine if those shown in the matrix are adequate
to provide the required data and what, if any, modifications to content,
geographical coverage or format are necessary. In the example of providing
for dredged material disposal, major sources of data are the Division of
State Lands fill and removal permits, leases of submerged and submersible
lands and reports of permit violations. Also, the Corps of Engineers
Section 10, 103 and 404 permits, permit violation reports and facility

140

construction plans can provide needed data. These sources can be used to
help identify the location and amount of dredging and material disposal and
to provide information on development and activities occurring on or
adjacent to designated disposal sites (Data Items 16-12 and 17-6). In
considering these sources, the county would discover that information on
actions taken in COE Section 10, 103 and 404 permits are not provided
unless a special request is made. for each permit application. A quarterly
summary of permits issued can be obtained by request but it does not report
the conditions placed on permit approvals. Also, reports of permit viola-
tions are not provided by the COE unless requested. Likewise, information
on leases of submerged and submersible lands and lease and permit viola-
tions are not provided by ODSL unless requested. Before requesting the
information from these agencies, county staff should estimate the value
of the information and the time required to make use of it in monitoring
the objective. For example, lease information may not be needed since
leases are normally issued after permits reviewed by the county are
approved by ODSL. The information contained in the leases also is found
in*the permit applications.

Local planning records also serve as sources for a number of data
items required to monitor estuarine and shoreland planning objectives. The
county will want to select which of those sources it intends to use given
monitoring requirements of other plan objectives and the current format and
geographical coverage of the source record. In the example of protecting
dredged material disposal sites, building permits and conditional use
permits likely will be the most important source records for identifying
the type, size and location of developmentand activities on or adjacent
to the designated sites (Data Item 17-6).

After examining the data items and data sources identified in the
matrix (Table VI-3), Lincoln County then moves to the next step in imple-
.menting its monitoring system. That is to establish the scope of their
system given the county's staff resources and monitoring priorities.

step 5. Define Scope of Monitoring System. At this point of develop-
ing a monitoring system, Lincoln County will have identified the data items
,.it should obtain and the limitations of the sources for those data items.
It will have determined the adequacy of published sources and will have
contacted agencies administering data source records to determine whether
or not problems of format, coverage, timing and availability could be
resolved. Also the county will have estimated the amount of staff time
and cost to collect, modify and use data from all listed sources. With
this information the county planning staff can revise the original
selection of data items, components and objectives as necessary to arrive
at a monitoring system within the scope of available staff time and
expertise.

In revising the list of data items to bring the scope of the system
within staff capability, preference should be given to those data items
that require little if any modification, that are easy to obtain and that
are current and location specific. Also, data sources providing several
data items should be preferred over those providing only one. Local
sources should be preferred over state and federal sources.

141

In the example of providing for dredged material disposal, Lincoln
County might revise its list of data items to exclude ODSL lease records,
COE reports on proposed facilities and reports of permit violations because
they are unlikely to provide much information concerning dredging and dis-
posal activity or impacts on designated material disposal sites. Also, to
obtain the sources would require a special request to the agencies. With
respect to field observations and interviews, they could be combined and
scheduled at longer intervals. Both estuarine and shoreland sites could
be inspected at the same time by a team consisting of A county planner,
port district representative, COE representative and local ODFW representa-
tive. Interviews with those individuals could take place during the
inspection. This activity might amount to one person-day per year.

Of course, all jurisdictions will monitor what they consider to be
most important and what they consider the easiest to accomplish given the
required data items and available sources. Jurisdictions should strive for
highly organized processes for collecting, recording and summarizing the
data. The better the procedure the greater the amount of information the
jurisdiction will be able to handle given its available staff resources.

A one-person planning office such as Newport's will be able to accom-
plish significant monitoring activity if field observations are kept to a
minimum and scheduled in longer intervals and if only the best published
and administrative record sources are used. Sources should be of the type
that lend themselves to quick tabulation and simple recording. The type of
filing system and the method of analysis for the data will determine how
many different planning objectives Newport can examine.

Obviously the problem that all jurisdictions will encounter is the
time and effort needed to organize a data handling system for monitoring.
Step 6 of the User's Guide (above) provides some suggestions for organiza-
tion. The following paragraphs include a discussion of some example
procedures.

Step 6. Establish a Process for Collecting, Recording and Summarizing
the Data. The discussion and examples provided in Chapter VII discusses
the use of data processing equipment for parts of the monitoring system.
Use of computers may be an integral part in many systems--if not initially,
then likely with subsequent modifications. However, this part of the.
applications chapter does not discuss automation but instead looks at
manual procedures.

The first step in the process is to ensure that all required data are
being received. From a checklist of data sources, Lincoln County planning
staff would identify those sources currently received, those which will be
received when the county requests to be placed on the agency's mailing or
routing list, and those requiring periodic and specific requests to the
administering agency. Then the county would contact appropriate agencies
to request placement on mailing or routing lists and to identify contact
persons for periodic requests of other sources. Although some agencies
may not want to provide certain data unless requested at the time the source
is generated (e.g., impact assessment comments concerning proposed activi-
ties regulated by COE Section 10 and 404 permits), the county should make a

142

blanket request for the data to indicate its interest. To the extent
possible, a schedule for receipt of data should be established.

The county then would set up a file for each data source so that data
can be easily retrieved. An individual should be designated to collect and
temporarily file the material as soon as it is received. With the example
of dredged material disposal the county would have separate files for
field observations and interviews specific to dredged material disposal
sites and to the amount and location of dredging operations in Yaquina Bay.
Also, there would be separate files for ODSL fill and removal permit data
(for all desired applications) and COE Sections 10, 103 and 404 permit data
(for all desired applications). The file on COE permits also might be used
for the Corps' quarterly summary of permits issued. Also, files for
building permit and conditional use permit information for areas encom-
passing dredged material disposal sites would be established.

Once data source collection procedures, personnel assignments and
schedules are determined, the county would set a schedule for data modifi-
cation. This would include any aggregation or disaggregation of the data
to meet specific geographic needs. Also, required coding or classification
would be included. Staff personnel would be assigned to perform these
functions at the scheduled intervals. Files for storing the modified data
should be created. This part of the process might include coding fill and
removal activities to impacts on certain dredging or disposal sites so that
disposed material or site development conflicts could be totaled and
summarized by site at a later time.

The next step in the process is to summarize and record the data
collected. As indicated above, dredged material by site location and
development activity affecting designated sites would be totaled and
summarized by site. That information would then be recorded on a map of
the designated dredged material sites or in tables that could be used for
quick reference. Again, the schedule and personnel assignments for this
part of the process would need to be determined in the organizational
stages of system development.

Once organized with filing and routing procedures, personnel assign-
ments and summarizing and recording methods, the county can begin to use
the data for monitoring plan implementation.

Step 7. Use the Data System to Monitor Plan Implementation. Data
collected in the monitoring effort can have a wide variety of planning
applications. A primary concern involves determining whether or not the
comprehensive plan, or specific aspects of it, are accomplishing their
intended objectives; other concerns relate to adapting the plan to
changing situations. This section discusses four general categories of
applications of data to monitoring plan implementation and provides some
examples of each. A subsequent section discusses several applications of
the data which are not oriented to plan monitoring but are beneficial by-.
products of any monitoring system.

The examples of plan monitoring fall within four basic categories:

143

1. Consideration of basic planning assumptions;
2. Measurement of success in meeting plan goals or objectives;
3. Examination of implementation techniques; and
4. Evaluation of planning efficiency.

There can be considerable overlap between these categories; they are
treated separately for purposes of discussion.

1. Consideration of Basic Planning Assumptions. Long range community
goals and the policies to achieve these goals are based on certain assump-
tions on what will occur in the future and the needs and desires of'future
residents. For example, the amount of land allocated to various land uses
and the size of a city's urban growth boundary are based on assumptions
concerning how rapidly the community will grow, the types of industries and
support services the jurisdiction can attract, the cost of housing, land
and the provision of services, and other factors. These assumptions form
the basis for 20-year projections, in combination with data on past trends
and educated guesses about future trends.

The result of these projections is an allocation of land to various
uses and a set of policies aimed at insuring the allocated land is used for
its intended purpose. The ability of a plan to meet identified needs is
dependent, thereforeon the accuracy of those initial planning assumptions.
The data on which these assumptions are based should be monitored over time
to check accuracy and to identify new and pervasive trends which may sub-
stantially alter plan projections and, hence, land use allocations.

Changes in the plan to address modification in assumptions can be
quite major and should not be made based only upon short term trends. For
instance, a national recession which results in a short term (several year)
loss of employment and population does not mean long term (20 year) growth
projections need be altered and the urban growth boundary altered. However,
such trends noted over a five year period coupled with permanent closure of
major employers may require fundamental alteration of planning assumptions.

Other assumptions do not require such pervasive long term evidence to
induce modifications. If a community has planned for a certain type of
industry that is undergoing rapid technological changes which may modify
site location requirements, it is illogical not to account for these new
locational requirements in the plan.

There are certain basic data that all communities should monitor in
order to examine basic planning assumptions. These include annual popula-
tion projections made by Portland State University, employment data compiled
by the Oregon Employment Division and building permit summaries compiled by
the Oregon Housing Division. These data permit monitoring of the most
basic assumptions concerning population growth, employment growth by
industry and sector, and construction activity.

2. Measurement of Success in Meeting Basic Goals and Objectives.
Monitoring can be undertaken to determine the success of policies or

144

planning decisions aimed at achieving plan goals and objectives. The
previous applicati'on could result in changes in the basic assumptions on
which community goals, and hence the plan, are based. This application is
aimed only at determining whether or not the planning strategy designed to
achieve those goals is effective.

For example, Lincoln County's overall forest lands goal is to conserve
forest land for forest uses, echoing the statewide goal. One of the
primary strategies for effecting this goal is to protect forest lands from
incompatible uses. If the county's policy is effective in achieving this
objective, the number of complaints or incidents relating to incompatibility
between forest and non-forest uses should decline. The county therefore
intends to keep track of all complaints received by the planning department
and other county departments by landowners which concern activities related
to normal forest management and harvest operations. They also intend to
monitor forest fires by cause with the help of the Department of Forestry.
If monitored consistently over a period of three or four years such data
will provide some indication of how effective the policy is and whether
some more restrictive modification is necessary to accomplish the overall
goal.

Another example applicable to Newport and Lincoln County concerns the
measurement of the effects of permitted development on estuarine resources.
Planning policies to protect estuarine environmental values and to provide
for appropriate water-dependent uses are based on a consideration of likely
cumulative effects of the permitted uses on the estuary. Over time, data
generated by the monitoring system can be used to identify changes in
resource quality, which in turn can be related to permitted uses. That
information can be compared to the projected effects of these uses and
conclusi ons can be drawn as to the need for adjustments in policies.

A third example concerns more specific planning policy decisions.
Certain statewide goals require planning policy decisions for specific
sites. Statewide Goal 5, for instance, and the administrative rule imple-
menting it, call for an explicit process to evaluate natural resource sites
and requires a site specific planning decision. Often this decision must
be made without adequate knowledge of what uses might adversely impact a
valuable natural resource such as a natural area. This was the case in
Lincoln County with a sphagnum bog located on commercial forest land. The
county received conflicting opinions concerning the impacts logging on
adjacent land might have on the bog area itself and concerning the
sufficiency of the Oregon Forest Practices Act in protecting the bog. The
county elected to permit forest management on adjacent lands but wants to
monitor that activity to determine if any adverse impact is occurring.
In doing so, they are monitoring the effectiveness of a very specific
planning policy decision.

3. Examination of Implementation Measures. Frequently there are
situations where there is considerable confidence in basic planning
assumptions, goals and policy directions but doubt as to the proper
measures or standards by which to implement plan policy. Approval criteria
may be couched in vague or ambiguous language simply because there are not
sufficient data on which to write clear and objective standards that

145

account for a variety of situations. In the forest lands example used
above, the inability of plan policy to accomplish the objective of
conserving forest lands may be due not to an inadequate policy but to vague
and subjective conditional use criteria and inadequate standards by which
to judge whether an activity is forest-related. Any plan modification
needed may not relate to policies as much as to the zoning ordinance which
implements them. For example, Lincoln County sets forth three approval
criteria for non-forest related dwellings (which are similar to criteria
used in other counties). These criteria are:

Ila) The dwelling shall be compatible with adjacent farm and/or
forest uses.

b) The dwelling shall not materially alter the stability of the
overall land use pattern of the area.

c) The dwelling shall be on portions of the property least
suitable for the production of farm and forest products,
taking into consideration terrain, adverse soil and land
conditions, drainage and flooding, vegetation, and location
and size of parcel."

Terms such as "compatibility," "materially alter" and "stability of overall
land use pattern" are highly subjective and require considerable discretion
in application. By monitoring the types of incompatibility issues which
regularly occur the county may be able to establish some more specific and
objective siting criteria which will allow non-forest dwellings while
minimizing impacts on forest uses.

Lincoln County has developed a set of joint policies with cities
within its boundaries that govern development within urban growth boundaries.
Basically, these policies limit urban level development unless urban
services are installed to city standards. Land divisions can occur at
urban densities although an urban level buildout cannot occur without city
approved urban services. The means of implementation is a referral to and
review by the respective city. Lincoln County is curious as to whether the
review will be adequate to anticipate service extension problems, especially
where development is at the outer periphery of the urban growth boundaries
where detailed service extension plans may not be formulated. By monitoring
development activity within the boundaries and cataloging any service
extension problems based on interviews with service providers the county
hopes to determine whether the urbanization policies and their implementa-
tion are adequate.

4. Evaluation of Planning Efficiency. Monitoring can also be used to
determine how efficiently plan implementation measures are being applied;
how long does it take, for instance, to process a locally initiated planning
action such as a zone change, a partition or a conditional use permit.
Although a portion of the approval period corresponds to notification
requirements which are beyond local control, the length of time it takes
the planning commission or elected bodies to make a decision can be related
to the ambiguity of the approval criteria. It is generally accepted that a
protracted approval period adds to the cost of development--a cost often

146

passed along to consumers. If a city has policies encouraging the provision
of low cost housing, higher density housing, cluster housing or mobile
homes, but the approval period for proposals regarding such uses is far
longer than for more conventional housing types, this may suggest an undue
amount of discretion in plan policies or the zoning code.

Monitoring for planning efficiency may point out ways by which the
overall process can be shortened or better coordinated and may be useful in
setting user fee schedules.

Other Applications of Monitoring Data

In addition to providing the information necessary to self-evaluate
plan assumptions, policies and implementation measures, the data collected
in the monitoring system can have other important applications.

1. Maintenance or Development of Plan Inventories. Assuming a
reasonably accurate baseline inventory exists when monitoring is initiated,
the data collected can be used to keep the inventory current. Doing so
will avoid costly field investigations for plan updates. For example, by
maintaining a time record of building permits by location, a reasonably
accurate inventory of the number of structures, by type, can be maintained
for various locations within a city and its urban growth boundary. A sample
table for maintaining this type of record is shown in the User's Guide. A
current land use map can be maintained by establishing symbols for various
types of land uses and placing these on base maps of geographical districts
each time a building permit is issued.

Newport has invested considerable time and money in a very good
housing inventory for the city and wants to keep that inventory current.
By monitoring residential building permits for new construction, demolitions
and renovations, by geographical areas within the city, city personnel can
keep a reasonably current count of the number of housing units by type,
identify changing trends in building type, and monitor rehabilitation
activity which they are trying to foster. By monitoring both zone changes
and building permits and noting acreages involved the city will be able to
'specify exactly how many acres of vacant residentially zoned land exists in
the city and the Urban Growth Boundary by zoning type, at any given time.
If this is combined with data on service extensions, an inventory of
buildable residential land is maintained.

The monitoring system can, in some cases, be used to generate
inventories where none previously existed. For example, Newport does not
have the funds required to conduct detailed geologic hazard surveys. The
city therefore must require a geologist's report for any area generally
identified as having hazard potential. By translating hazard mapping done
in conjunction with these reports to a common scale and developing a classi-
fication system for the reports, the city hopes to develop a comprehensive
detailed inventory of hazards that will permit better planning decisions.
By keeping track of recommended safeguards the city may eventually be able
to set forth some standards under which construction without an extensive
study can occur, thereby streamlining the city's approval process.

147

Another example of using the monitoring system to generate inventory
data is found in the impact assessments required for certain proposed uses
and activities in estuarine areas. Information contained in impact assess-
ments, when assembled to describe specific areas of the estuary, may serve
as a factual base that is a significant improvement over current levels of
inventory data for those particular locations. Local jurisdictions that
require impact assessments and others that obtain data from federally
required impact assessment can evaluate the suitability of the information
and add it to the estuarine data base, as appropriate, for consideration in
future use decisions.

2. Analyzing Current Land Use Proposals. Data collected through the
monitoring system may be valuable in preparation of staff analyses and
recommendations concerning land use proposals by providing some of the
information necessary to: a) compare alternative development choices;
b) identify potential impacts of the development; c) identify site suit-
ability; and d) recommend appropriate conditions for approval. For example,
developable aggregate or rock resources are apparently scarce in Lincoln
County. Yaquina Head, the primary source of quarry rock for the county,
may be acquired by the federal government and either protected or developed
in a manner producing less scenic impact. If Newport and Lincoln County
are monitoring the supply of and demand for rock resources they may
estimate the costs (in terms of higher rock and construction costs in
Lincoln County) and benefits of using Yaquina Head for its rock resource
versus the open space alternative.

Another example concerns monitoring residential development activity
on forest lands. One of Lincoln County's objectives is to determine the
appropriateness of a plan policy permitting such development and of the
standards and criteria for evaluating that type of development. While the
data necessary to determine the appropriateness of the policy or to revise
the approval criteria may require several years of careful monitoring, it
will provide some valuable indications of potential impacts which the
planning staff can use in recommending conditions to mitigate those impacts.

Newport, in monitoring data on geologic hazards, intends to develop a
comprehensive hazards inventory which will allow it to set objective
development standards and devise appropriate policy regarding development
in erosion and slide prone areas. In the interim, the information contained
in geologist reports will permit the city to comment on current development
proposals in those areas and advise prospective developers of likely
requirements.

A particular interest to both Newport and Lincoln County is erosion
rates in coastal shorelands. A special hazards study conducted in the
county provides the basis for the establishment of rates of erosion. That
information supports the requirement for building setbacks which provide
for a 20 year life of structures. To build within the setback distance, an
applicant must provide evidence from a geologist that the erosion rates are
not applicable to the particular site. Newport and Lincoln County can use
the site specific information, along with the data provided in the hazards
study and actual erosion experience, to better evaluate other requests for
encroachment into specified setbacks.

140'

In some cases a monitoring system may be instituted primarily to
collect data needed to comment on controversial or frequently received land
use proposals. Newport, for instance, receives applications for construc-
tion or expansion of marina facilities--applications which tend to be highly
controversial. Lincoln County has received a number of applications for
creation of recreational vehicle parks. In both cases planners need
information on the demand for these facilities in order to provide good
factual data to decision makers.

Newport, therefore, proposes to examine boating use in the bay through
the State Marine Board's survey of boating use and to watch occupancy rates
at existing marina facilities. Lincoln County will monitor occupancy of RV
sites at public and private campgrounds by season so the staff is better
able to comment on applications for expansion or new development.

3. Grant and Assistance Applications. Data collected through plan
monitoring may provide the information necessary to make application for
state or federal assistance programs. Newport, for example, has a policy
encouraging agencies to develop modest cost housing through, "Cooperating
with governmental agencies, housing authorities and sponsors of assisted
housing to attract and secure financing for affordable housing." The city
also has a policy to seek sources of funding for housing rehabilitation.
Application for such funding will require a good market analysis of
Newport's housing. By using the monitoring system to provide the data
necessary to compile this analysis, the city is reinforcing its policy
statements.

General Conclusions Concerning Development and Implementation
of a Monitoring System
The guidelines provided in this handbook are intended to assist local
governments in establishing and implementing a monitoring system. The docu-
ment suggests what information is needed to monitor plan objectives, where
it can be obtained and how it might be handled and used. Since the handbook
is designed to meet the needs of local jurisdictions, it does not describe
the process state and federal agencies should follow in assisting local
governments in monitoring the effectiveness of their comprehensive plans.
However, state and federal agency cooperation and coordination are
essential in developing and carrying out a successful monitoring system at
the local level. City and county governments will depend upon information
available from state and federal agency publications, reports, studies and
administrative records. Local jurisdictions also will depend on the
technical expertise of agency representatives to carry out many of the
monitoring tasks requiring field observations. In some cases, such as
water, land and air quality measurements, local governments will look to
state and federal agencies to perform the actual monitoring function.
Consequently, it is important that a coordination mechanism, geared
specifically to plan monitoring, be established.

In order for the local monitoring systems to be effective, state and
federal agencies identified in this document as sources of data should:

149

1) Carry out the responsibilities assigned to them in the state-
wide planning goals, such as the requirement to maintain water
quality and minimize man-induced sedimentation in estuaries
(Implementation Requirement 2 in Goal 16);

2) Modify the format and geographic coverage of data items they
administer to the maximum extent possible to simplify use at
the local level. For example, identify major employers by
addresses of local operations instead of by address of home
office which may be in another county or state;

3) Provide information needed by local governments as it becomes
available without requiring special requests for each data
item. Presently local coastal governments do not receive
information concerning action taken on Corps of Engineers
Section 10 and Section 404 permit applications. They also do
not receive copies of impact assessment comments concerning
permit requests provided to COE by other federal and state
agencies; and

4) Provide ongoing technical assistance through interviews and
field investigations. The planning requirements for the
coastal goals in particular require technical expertise not
always present in local government staffs.

In order for local governments throughout the state to develop and implement
systems to monitor plan implementation, the Department of Land Conservation
and Development likely will need to revise state agency coordination agree-
ments and enter into agreements with certain federal agencies. The objec-
tive is to improve the flow of information and the level of technical
assistance provided to cities and counties.

Even with those improvements, the development and implementation of
local monitoring systems will require additional planning staff time. In
many planning offices, it will be necessary to obtain additional funding
and personnel in order to establish the initial system. It is likely that
state funding support will be needed.

As local governments gain experience in using their initial monitoring
systems, they will want to make modifications to incorporate other data
items and data sources and to improve overall procedure and organization.
They will probably move toward mechanization as opportunities to do so
present themselves. It is important to maintain system flexibility and
adaptability so that these improvements can be easily made, particularly in
the first few years of operation.

TABLE VI-1

MONITORING OBJECTIVES, RATIONALE FOR SELECTION AND DATA ITEMS NEEDED FOR MONITORING IN
LINCOLN COUNTY

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Coal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Agricultural Keep EFU lands in The vast majority of resource land in 3-3) Conditional Uses approved on land
Lands farm use and main- Lincoln County is in fore9t use. How- zoned Agricultural Conservation by type
tain their produc- ever, the County does want to ensure of use (residential, public, religious,
tivity that surrounding uses do not adversely etc.) by year in the county.
impact existing agricultural uses and 3-a) Building permits issued on lots of
that any non-farm related uses do not record in areas zoned Agricultural Con-
result in loss of stability in land use servation.
pattern in an area. In other words,
the county wants to confirm the ade- 3-b) Number of acres qualifying under
quacy of the conditional use process ORS 215.213 for EFU taxation by year
and the Agricultural Conservation Zone based on county assessor records. C)
as they relate to non-farm uses.
They also want to assess the impact
of the lot of record legislation on
agricultural land.--- -
Forest Lands Maintain Forest Forest lands comprise the vast majority 4-4(a) Building permits issued on TC
lands in forest of Lincoln County's resource lands. zoned lands for forest related resi-
uses and avoid The most controversial item relating dences, Conditional Use Permits granted
actions whicli to forest lands on both the local and for non-forest related residences and
adversely affect state level is whether or not resi- exceptions to minimum lot size granted
forest lands' dences should be allowed and, if so, by year by subarea of the county.
productivity what standards should be used to pro- 4-4(b) Complai Ints received by county
tect forest lands. The county has departments for dust, noise, herbicide
established standards for determining spraying etc. by residents living on or
if residences are forest related, for adjacent to TC zoned lands by subarea
approval of non-forest related dwel- of the county.
lings (CUP) and for exceptions to
@
inimum. lot size. The county wants 4-4(c) Incidence of forest fires by
o assure itself of the adequacy of cause by subarea of the county.
tthese standards or criteria.

TABLE VI-1 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Open Space and Conserve and pro- The county is confident concerning its 5-1(a) Timber harvest occurring within a
Natural Resources tect Goal 5 re- protection decision for most Coal 5 re- specified distance of the natural area
sources for the use sources. However, there is designated and types of recommendations made by the
and enjoyment of natural area where it was determined forest practices officer.
future generations adjacent timber harvest could occur 5-1(b) Amount of sedimentation occurring
without damage to the resource. There in the sphagnum bog and any other evi"
is some uncertainty about what the im dence of reduced resource quality which
pacts will actually be. Therefore the could be related to logging activity.
county is interested in monitoring to
see if changes in standards or the
protection decision are warranted at
the next plan update.
@.n
Maintain a current The county has only two existing sour- 5-3(a) Cubic yards of gravel or rock
inventory of the ces of rock for construction purposes. resource by type needed for private and
supply of gravel One is a state Highway Division rock public uses.
resources and de- source, unavailable for public use. 5-3(b) Data on existing supply of gravel
mand for them The other, Yaquina Head, is being con- or rock resources in Lincoln County by
sidered for federal acquisition and location of resource.
extraction has been halted. Currently,
aggregate for concrete and private
construction is hauled from Corvallis
resulting in high rock costs.
Air, Land and Avoid actions which The standards are set by DEQ and other Measures are highly diverse so are not
Water Quality would violate en- agencies through administrative rule, listed in their entirety here. Some
vironmental quality enforced by them and monitoring is examples are listed below.
statutes, rules and conducted by them. The county will 6-1(a) Measures of turbidity by stream
standards monitor published reports and prob- system or various measures of water
lems which occur to see if additional quality'by private water system.
local standards become necessary.
6-1(b) Particulate counts by month by
airshed.

TABLE VI-1 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Coal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Natural Hazards Prohibit develop- 1he majority of development pressure 7-1) Rate of erosion in ocean shoreland
ment subject to is in ocean sboreland areas. These areas identified and mapped as
damage or loss of areas are also some of the most poten- hazardous areas.
life within known tially hazardous in the county due to 7-2) Building Permits issued in ocean
hazard areas un- shoreline erosion and the resulting shorelands areas broken down by those
less it complies landslide hazard. The county has es- meeting the setback and those where a
with safeguards tablished setback requirements to pro- special exception is granted and the
tect against hazard and allows excep- safeguards used.
tions to these provided a qualified
geologist specifies appropriate safe-
guards. The county wants to evaluate
its standards. U1

Recreational Needs Maintain an appro- The state and federal government have 8-1) Number of RV campers using public
priate balance be- provided public campgrounds and moni- and private campgrounds in Lincoln County
tween the demand tor their use. The county, however, and percent occupancy of available sites
for and the supply must permit private campgrounds and by season.
of recreational receives numerous applications for 8-3) Boating use by type and by water
resources with spe- rezonings to allow recreational ve- body in the county.
cial emphasis on: hicle parks. Monitoring RV park
recreational ve- supply and demand will aid in these 8-6) Proposed increase in recreational
hicle camping; and planning decisions. vehicle campsites with hookups in exist-
ing public and private campgrounds.
Marina facilities The county receives applications for 8-7(a) Changes in the supply of boat
marina facilities in estuarine areas mooring and launching facilities by type
which are often controversial. Much of facility and water body.
of the controversy revolves around the
11 need" for such facilities so the 8-7(b) Percent capacity at existing
county wants to monitor trends in boat marina facilities by season.
use and demand for new facilities.

TABLE VI-1 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Local Economy Maintain the For planning purposes the county wants 9-1) Employment by type of industry.
health of the to monitor employment type and distri- 9-2) Employment distribution by sector.
local economy bution by industry and employment sec-
tor to chart the growth or decline in
various sectors or industry. This will
help to identify local constraints
to particular industries and will high-
light comparative advantages the
county holds. The county also is in-
terested in diversifying its economic
and employment base and this monitoring
will aid in determining if diversifica-
tion is occurring. This data is also
Ln
an indicator of population change and
land use demand.

Assure that ade- A consistent local issue is whether or 9-3) Building Permits issued on planned
quate land resour- not adequate developable land is avail- or zoned commercial and industrial land
ces are available able for industrial and commercial by type of use and subarea of the county
for desired com- growth. The county also wants to main- by year.
mercial and indus- tain a current inventory of industrial 9-5) Number of areas of industrially and
trial development and commercial land. commercially planned land by type by
level of services provided (water, sewer,
road access, rail access, etc.) by year.
9-a) Reasons why firms from outside Lin-
coln County who considered industrial or
commercial sites rejected those sites.

,TABLE VI-1 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Housing Provide affordable The cost of keeping aiicurrent inven- 10-1(a) Residential building permits by
housing for all tory through monitoring building type issued in rural areas by zoning desig-
residents of the permit activity is far less nation by year.
jurisdiction. To costly than conducting field research 10-1(b) Residential building permits by
test if this objec- at plan update time. The county type issued in urbanized areas and in
tive is being met also has a policy to work with urban growth boundaries by UGB or ur-
the county wants cities in developing a plan for banized area by year.
to keep a current housing assistance. This raw data
housing inventory. will be valuable in developing 10-2) Zone changes approved to or from
that plan. residential use by type of zone and num-
ber of acres involved by year.
Determine trends Lincoln County is aware that a sizable 10-a) Percent of housing stock by type
in the use of percentage of its housing stock is for and tenure which is for use as vacation
Lincoln County vacation use but this may be changing housing versus primary housing by
housing for second due to higher interest rates and the census tract and enumeration district.
homes increased cost of housing. Without
monitoring these trends it will be im-
possible to plan for the needs of per-
manent residents.

Public Facilities Ensure that pub- The county is not a primary service 11-5) Capacity (gallons supplied per
and Services lic, quasi-public provider although it does currently minute) of private, public and quasi pub-
and private ser- monitor the adequacy of services it lic water systems by season and storage
vices in the county provides such as police protection. capacity by season.
(especially water However, the county does receive de- 11-13) Staffing levels by time of day and
provision and fire velopment proposals which require an- response time from station to outer boun-
protection) are nexation or creation of water districts daries of district by fire protection
sufficient to main- or the joining of rural fire protection district.
tain and insure districts. The county wants to ensure
safety, health and that these services are adequate to 11-a) Incidence of water system failures
welfare protect safety health and welfare and (quality or quantity) by system.
do not impose costs on adjacent land
uses; especially endanger the county's
forest lands. Will aid in setting stan-
dards and in long term planning deci-
sions.

TABLE VI-1 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Transportation To provide for a The development pressure in Lincoln 12-1) Traffic counts on Highway 101 by
safe, efficient County is heavy along Highway 101 which various locations and by season and time
transportation is also the location of the majority of of day.
system traffic. The county must respond to 12-2) Building permits issued by type
applications for highway access permits along Highway 101 by location.
and wants to be able to develop safe
access plans where Highway 101 access 12-8) Traffic accidents by location along
is required. This data will also be Highway 101 by cause.
valuable for long range planning.
Energy Conservation None The county intends to develop wind and N/A
solar access easement standards and
will monitor application and success of
these standards when they are developed. Ln
Otherwise the county does not take an
active role in energy conservation but
instead relies on programs developed b yl
utilities and state or federal agencie
Urbanization Ensure that de- The county has policies which prohibit 14-1(a) Land divisions approved within
velopment occurring urban level development unless all pub- urban growth boundaries by location within
within the UGB lic facilities are installed to city the boundary according to zoning designa-
does not adversely standards or unless a commitment is tion and average density (for subdivisions)
impact future made to accept and pay for urban ser- approved.
urbanization vices at city standards in the future. 14-1(b) Building permits issued by type
Rural level development can occur un- within urban growth boundaries by location
til services are provided if it does within the boundary.
not interfere with efficient urbaniza-
tion. All subdivisions or partitions 14-a) Service extension problems occurring
must be to urban densities or be set due to pre-existing development
at interim densities of 5 acres or and due to, development approved under plan
greater. The county wants to determine policies by urban growth boundary and
if these policies are sufficient to location within the boundary.
allow efficient urbanization, especial-
ly when development occurs at the
fringe of the UGB where urban services
may not be provided for many years.

TABLE VI-1 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring
Estuar ine Avoid degradation Lincoln County contains four estuaries 16-2) Zone changes, mitigation and
Resources or destruction of which represent economic, recreational restoration efforts, fills, removals,
estuarine natural and natural resourceaof local, re- placement of structures and other de-
biological produc- gional and statewide importance. The velopment and activity that acts to add
tivity, habitat di- county is committed to managing these or remove area from specified management
versity, unique resources to protect the diverse units.
features and water values. Consequently, the county wants 16-4) Projected and actual impacts of
quality. to monitor these objectives to the ex- permitted development and activity on
Maintain diversity tent that it is able to do so given habitat areas as indicated by impact as-
and unique features limited personnel resources. There is sessments, project monitoring, agency
through estuarine particular interest in ensuring that comments and testimony.
management units designated sites for mitigation and
for dredged material disposal are 16-50 Results of impact assessments by
and permissable
uses. protected so that needed development state and federal agencies with regard
may occur. to productivity variables of water
Maintain diversity quality, species of flora and fauna,
of natural habitat hydrologic characteristics, etc.
Maintain natural 16-9) Additions, deletions, changes to
productivity sites designated as suitable for mitigation.
through Impact 16-10) Mitigation actions taken as part
assessment. of approval of fills and dredging in
Provide for mitiga- inter-tidal or tidal waters.
tion of effects of 16-11) The number, amount of area and
dredge and fill in capacity of sites considered suitable
inter-tidal or for dredged material disposal.
tidal areas.
Provide for dispo- 16-12) Location and amount of dredging
sal of dredged and material disposal.
material.

TABLE VI-1 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Estuarine Maintain existing The county recognizes the economic 16-13) Depth and width of channels,
Resources navigational value of maintaining the authorized turning basins, bar crossings and
(continued) capability and navigational capability of Yaquina Bay status of authorized navigation struc-
areas identified and of protecting areas suitable for tures.
and needed for water-dependent and water-related uses. 16-14) Efforts by Corps of Engineers
water dependent and Monitoring the status of navigation and Port District to improve or main-
water related in the estuary is desirable and tain navigational capability.
development. relatively easy to accomplish
Maintain naviga- through assistance of the Corps of 16-16) Type, size and location of de-
tional capability.* Engineers and the Port District. velopment and land use actions affecting
Also, the county is interested in areas designated for water-dependent
Provide for water maintaining a current inventory of development.
dependent and water sites designated for water- Ln
related development.dependent uses. 14
Restore estuarine The county's most important restoration 16-18) Type, size and location of de-
environmental eco- sites are those designated for use in velopment and land use 'actions affecting
nomic and social mitigating fills and dredging. How- areas identified for possible restoration.
values; diversity ever, it is interested in generally
and benefits. monitoring the status of other poten-
Protect sites for tial restoration areas through review
restoration. of development permits.

Coastal Shorelands Avoid reduction of The county has identified "natural" 17-2) Type, size and location of devel-
natural values of coastal shorelands within the juris- opments and land use actions allowed in
major marshes, sig- diction and is interested in monitor- 11natural" shoreland areas.
nificant habitat, ing the effectiveness of its plan
headlands, aesthe- policies and the standards.of its
tic resources and shorelands Overlay Zone in protecting
historical/archa- the natural values of those coastal
eological sites. shoreland areas.

Protect natural
values.

TABLE VI-1 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Coastal Shorelands Avoid committing Lincoln County has identified shoreland 17-4) Type, size and location of develop-
(continued) shoreland areas areas for water-dependent uses, dredged ments and activities allowed on and adja-
especially suited material disposal and mitigation and is cent to water dependent sites.
for water-depen- interested in monitoring use of those 17-5) Changes in amount of area, avail-
dent uses, dredged areas to ensure that they are retained ability and suitability of dredged
material disposal for the intended purpose. The county material disposal sites.
or mitigation to recognizes the economic importance of
other uses. having available sufficient shoreland 17-6) Type, size and location of develop-
Protect water de- area to satisfy future development ments and activities on or adjacent to
pendent areas and needs. disposal sites.
sites. 17-7) Changes in the amount of area,
Protect dredged availability and suitability of mitigation
material disposal sites.
sites. 17-8) Type, size and location of develop- co
Protect mitigation ments and activities on or adjacent to
sites. mitigation sites.
Maintain, restore The county considers the maintenance 17-11) Location, type and extent of de-
and enhance ripa- and restoration of riparian vegetation velopments and activities affecting
rian vegetation. to be important. Plan policies address riparian vegetation; measures taken to
this concern and the coastal shorelands minimize impact on the vegetation; ef-
Maintain existing Overlay Zone sets standards for pro- fects of permitted development.
riparian vegeta- tecting and restoring riparian vegeta-
tion. tion. Consequently the county wants to
monitor development for possible impact
on vegetation.
Minimize hazard to Lincoln County participates in the fed- 17-13) Location, nature, extent and
life and property eral flood insurance program and conse- impact of actual flooding in shoreland
in the use of quently is interested in monitoring areas.
shorelands. flooding and development allowed in 17-14) Type, location and size of de-
Manage floodplain flood prone areas to maintain its eli- velopments and activities permitted in
areas. gibility for the insurance. floodplain areas and safeguards required.

TABLE VI-1 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Beaches Avoid degradation The county has plan policies and stan- 18-2) Location and extent of vegetative
and Dunes or destruction of dards that it applies to sand areas damage and erosion in beach and dune
the resources and designated within its comprehensive areas; natural or man-made causes of
benefits of coastal plan inventory. The policies and stan- damage and erosion.
beach and dune dards require that vegetation removal
areas. and exposure of sand areas to erosion
Minimize erosion. be minimized. Thus, the county is
interested in monitoring the occur-
rence of vegetative damage and erosion
and identifying causes for it so that
policies and standards can be evalua-
ted for effectiveness.

Reduce hazard to Lincoln County recognizes the hazard 18-4) Location, extent and impacts of
life and property problems associated with beach and dune beach front structures.
from natural or man areas and has set forth policies in its 18-5) Location, extent and impacts of
induced actions as- plan controlling beach front structures breached foredunes.
sociated with and breaching of foredunes. Standards
beaches and dunes. in the zoning ordinance require reports 18-6) Type, extent and location of de-
Prohibit develop- from geologists or engineers on all velopments and activities approved for
ment in hazardous proposed beach front protective struc- beach and dune areas.
areas. tures that identify potential hazardous
impacts as well as effects on visual
Control construc- qualities and public access. Breaching
tion of beachfront of foredunes and potential erosion is
structures. also covered by the standards. The
Limit breaching of county views these planning objectives
foredunes. as important to monitor to verify ero-
sion rates and cause-effect relation-
ships.

TABLE VI-2

MONITORING OBJECTIVES, RATIONALE FOR SELECTION AND DATA ITEMS NEEDED FOR MONITORING IN NEWPORT

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Agricultural Lands None None within UGB. N/A
Forest Lands None Forest lands within UGB or city are N/A
either needed for urban uses, public
lands or protected by other policies.
open Space and Monitor the supply Yaquina Head is currently the primary 5-3(a) Cubic yards of gravel or rock
Natural Resources of and demand for source of rock in the county for pri- resource by type needed for private
gravel resources vate use. When rock from this site is and public uses.
not available it must be brought in 5-3(b) Data on existing supply of .rock '0'-%
from Corvallis and haul distance adds resources in Lincoln County by location. C>
greatly to the cost. The city must
therefore monitor existing supply and
demand so that additional resources
can be planned for as needed.
Air, Water and None Monitoring for air, land and water N/A
Land Resource quality is conducted regularly by DEQ
Quality and data is provided to city personnel.
The city responds by ensuring that all
applicable DEQ standards are met. No
special monitoring effort is necessary
in the city's opinion.
Natural Hazards Prohibit develop- Much of the land within the city and 7-2(a) Development approvals (building
ment subject to UGB is underlain by geologic forma- permits, subdivisions, PUDS, zone changes,
damage or loss of tions which cause soil on them to be CUPS) requiring geologic reports granted
life within known subject to slide hazard. Also, ocean in hazard areas and associated safeguards
hazard areas un- erosion in some ocean shoreland areas required by type of hazard.
less it complies can be as much as 18 ft. per year. 7-2(b) Geologist reports, findings and
with safeguards. The cost of a detailed geologic ha- associated safeguards by location within
Develop a good zards study is prohibitive. Conse- the city and Urban Growth Boundary.
shoreland hazards quently, the city requires a geologic
inventory. study on specific parcels prior to
evaluation of development proposals.

TABLE VI-2 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Natural Hazards (continued) If these reports and recommended safe- (continued)
(continued) guards are monitored and catalogued, a
detailed inventory can be developed and
approval standards devised.
Recreation Maintain an appro- Tourism is a dominant source of employ- 8-1) Visitation trends *by month at public
priate balance be- ment and economic benefit in Newport. and private campgrounds in the Lincoln
tween the demand Consequently it is important to ensure County coastal area and at tourist attrac-
for and the supply that recreational facilities demands tions within the city (Undersea Gardens,
of facilities used are being met. Since Newport is the Marine Science Center).
by tourists primary access to Yaquina Bay there is
pressure to develop marina facilities. 8-3) Boating use by type and in Yaquina Bay-
The need for these should be monitored. 8-5) Occupancy rates at Newport hotel ac-
commodations by month.
8-7(a) Changes in the supply of boat
mooring and launching facilities by type
of facility in Yaquina Bay.
8-7(b) Percent capacity at casting mooring
facilities by season.
Local Economy Maintain the A survey of city residents indicated a 9-1) Employment by type of industry in
health of the desire for more light industry, marine the city.
local economy related industry, deepwater shipping 9-2) Employment distribution by sector
and recreation and tourism development in the city.
in the city. The city is currently
dependent on tourism, wood products and
fish processing. Various groups are
attempting to sell Newport and Lincoln
County as a business location. Moni-
toring will help to judge the success
of those efforts.

TABLE VI-2 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Local Economy Assure that ade- Much of Newport's industrially planned 9-3(a) Building permits issued on com-
(continued) quate land re- land is unserviced and much of the mercial and industrially zoned land by
sources are avail- water dependent industrial land will zone type and location within the city
able for desired require redevelopment. Newport may or Urban Growth Boundary.
commercial and choose to determine the degree of con- 9-3(b) Zone changes approved and number
industrial develop- straint this places on the location of of acres involved which affect the status
ment new firms. The city also wants to of industrial or commercially zoned land.
maintain a current inventory of vacant
industrial and commercial land of 9-5) City service extensions (or interim.
various types. urban services developed on) to industrial
and commercially planned land by acres
involved.

9-a) Business licenses issued by the city
of Newport by SIC code and number of em-
ployees.
9-b) Reasons why commercial or industrial
concerns who considered locating in New-
port chose not to.
Housing Provide affordable The city has policies to encourage pro- 10-1) Number of residential building per-
housing for all vision of affordable housing and a. mits issued for new construction, rehabili-
residents of New- variety of housing choice. There are tation or demolition by type of unit
port also areas of the city where rehabili- (single family, multi family, mobile home,
tation in order to stabilize neighbor- etc.). This should be summarized by year
hoods is desired. To make affordable by enumeration district.
housing available and to assist in 10-2) Number of acres .zoned or planned
rehabilitation the city proposes to for residential use by type of zone and
aid in obtaining special assistance maximum densities allowed.
and funding, encourage higher density
housing and facilitate mobile homes. 10-3) Residential vacancy rates by tenure.
The city will want to determine the 10-4) Housing costs by type (rentals vs
success of these policies over time. new and existing sales).
Also, the city has invested consider-
able funds for a thorough inventory of
its housing stock and it is in its

TABLE VI-2 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Housing (continued) (continued) interest to keep the inventory current 10-5) Number of housing units in the
both for planning purposes and to pro- city and Urban Growth Boundary by "per-
vide the data necessary to permit ap- cent good" category.
plications for housing assistance. 10-6) Differences between maximum al-
lowable densities allowed by residential
zoning district versus actual densities
approved for major subdivisions or
Planned Unit Developments
10-a) Percent of housing stock by type
and tenure which is for use as second
homes versus principal residence by
enumeration district. 0*1
Public Facilities Plan for and The city has projections of long term 11-1) Available wastewater treatment
and Services maintain adequate demand for city services and is striv- capacity remaining by year.
levels of service ing to meet that projected demand in 11-5) Available source, treatment and
for Newport advance. However, the projections are pumping capacities of the water system.
based on numerous assumptions con-
cerning past demand and other factors 11-8) Capacity of landfill sites used by
over which they exercise little con- Newport (number of acres).
trol. Therefore the city wants to 11-11) Hospital/clinic beds per capita.
monitor changes in supply and demand
on a periodic basis to determine if 11-12) Ratio of police officers to resi-
any modification in assumptions or dent and non-resident population by month
projected service demand is necessary. and year.
The city may also want to evaluate 11-13) Fire Insurance Classification for
standards for level of service provi- Newport and by year and any service de-
sion in some cases to determine the ficiencies noted.
appropriate level.
11-14) Condition and capacity of existing
school buildings and actual and projected
enrollment by grade level by year.
11-a) Population estimates for city of
Newport by year.

TABLE VI-2 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Public Facilities (continued) (con4nued) 11-b) Reports of hospital deficiencies
and Services by year.
(continued) 11-c) Incidence of crimes reported by
type and month in Newport by year and
number of crimes solved.

Transportation To provide a safe, The primary transportation problem re- 12-1) Average daily traffic counts and
efficient trans- lates to access on Highway 101, espe- peak traffic counts on Highway 101 by
portation system cially during the summer months. The month at selected locations within the
city is also concerned with monitoring city.
activity at its airport. As the popu- 12-5) Landings'and takeoffs at the New-
lation and Newportis importance as a port airport by month and year.
tourist destination increases there
may be a need for airport expansion. 12-8) Traffic accidents by cause by lo- 4-
cation within Newport and the Urban
Growth Boundary.
Energy Conservation None The city has no policies or implement- N/A
ing ordinances aimed primarily at
energy conservation and will rely on
utility companies to provide incen-
tives for that.
Urbanization Prohibit develop- The city reviews all land division and N/A
ment of urbanizable development proposals within its urban
land which will growth boundary to ensure that they are
preclude or limit at planned urban densities, that urban
planned urban den- level services to city standards are
sities and the ef- installed or planned for and committed
ficient provision and that they will not adversely impact
of urban services planned growth. The city feels this
will be adequate and no special moni-
toring is required. Monitoring for
Housing andJthe Local Economy provide
the data necessary to keep the buildabl e
lands inventory current.

TABLE VI-2 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Estuarine Resources Provide for The city considers its designated 16-11) The area and capacity of sites
disposal of dredged material disposal sites to be considered suitable for dredged material
dredged material important for maintaining the economic disposal.
values of the Yaquina Bay Estuary.
Consequently policies and ordinance
provisions are directed at protecting
these sites. The city planner feels
it is desirable to periodically in-
spect the sites to evaluate remaining
capacity.
Protect areas The city's estuarine areas suited for 16-16) Type, size and location of Ln
suited and needed water dependent and water related uses development and land use actions affect-
for water dependent are mostly developed. However changes ing areas designated for water dependent
and water related in use, renewal or existing uses and and water related development.
uses conditional uses allowing non-water
related uses are considered important
to monitor to ensure continued eco-
nomic values.
Coastal Shorelands Avoid committing Consistent with the city's interest 17-4) Type, size and location of develop-
shoreland areas regarding estuarine disposal and water ment and land use actions allowed on and
especially suited dependent development sites, it also adjacent to water dependent and water
for water dependent considers it important to monitor the related sites.
uses and dredged protection and use of sboreland areas 17-5) Changes in the amount of area
material disposal designated for dredged material dis- capacity and suitability of dredged
to other uses. posal and water dependent and water material disposal sites.
Protect water de- related uses. 17-6) Type, size and location of develop-
pendent areas and ment and activities on or adjacent to
sites. disposal sites.
Protect dredged
material disposal
sites.

TABLE VI-2 (continued)

Selected Rationale for Selecting
Goal Area Objectives Objectives and Data Items Data Items Needed for Monitoring

Coastal Shorelands Minimize hazard The city has identified several hazards 17-13) Location, nature, extent and
(continued) to life and within the coastal shorelands in its impact of actual flooding in shoreland
property in use jurisdiction. Because of a high level areas.
of shorelands. of public interest and potential legal 17-14) Type, location and size of develop-
Manage floodplain problems as well as the need to main- ments and activities permitted in flood-
areas. tain eligibility in the federal flood plain areas and safeguards required.
insurance program, the city makes a
major effort toward consideration of
possible hazards. Monitoring this ob-
jective is important.
Beaches Reduce hazard to The emphasis the city places on keeping 18-2) Location and extent of vegetative
and Dunes life and property track of potential hazards also applies damage and erosion in beach and dune M
from natural or to beach and dune areas. Site specific areas.
man induced actions studies required by the city can be 18-4) Location, extent and impacts of
associated with used to improve inventory data on ero- beach front structures.
beaches and dunes. sion rates and verify areas having po-
Minimize erosion. tential problems.

TABLE VI-3

DATA ITEMS AND SOURCES MATRIX FOR
LINCOLN COUNTY

Data Items by Goal Area

Agricultural Forest Natural Air, Land, Natural
- Lands Lands Resources -,Water QualitV Hazards Recreational Needs
3-3 3-a 3-b 4-4 4-4 4-4 5-1 5-1 5-3 5-3 6-1 6-1 7-1 7-2 8-1 8-3 8-6 8-7 8-7
Data Source (a) (b) (c) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)

Local Planning Records
Building Permits
Land Division Approvals
Conditional Use Permits
Zone Change Approvals
Plan Amendments
Capital Improvement Projects
Assessors Records
Acreage of Parcels
Property Class
Published Source Data
State or Federal Agencies 2. 17.
Local Jurisdiction 8
Administrative Records or Permits
of State or Federal Agencies
ODOF 3 5.
ODEQ 13. 13.
ODOT 14 15.
ODSL
Army Corps Engineers 19
Other
Field Interviews or Observations
Local Agency Interviews 9
Interviews with State or Federal 4. 6. 10. 11 13.
Sources
Interviews with Private Sources 12. 16. 20
Field Observations Required 7 21
Survey Research Required

TABLE VI-3 (continued)

Data Items by Goal Area

Public
Local Economy Housing Facilities Transportation Urbaniza*tion
Data Source 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-5 9-a 10-1 10-1 10-2 10-a 11-5 11-13 11-a 12-1 12-2 12-8 14-1 14-1 14-a
(a) (b) (a) (b)

Local Planning Records
Building Permits
Land Division Approvals
Conditional Use Permits
Zone Change Approvals
Plan Amendments
Capital Improvement Projects
Assessors Records
Acreage of Parcels
ON
Property Class 00
Published Source Data
State or Federal Agencies 22. 22. 23 27. 27.
Local Jurisdiction
Administrative Records or Permits
of State or Federal Agencies
ODOF
ODEQ
ODOT
ODSL
Army Corps Engineers 26.
Other
Field Interviews or Observations
Local Agency Interviews 25.
Interviews with State or
Federal Sources
Interviews with Private Sources
Field Observations Required
Survey Research Required 24.

TABLE VI-3 (continued)

Data Items by Goal Area

Estuarine Resources

Data Source 16-2 16-4 16-5 16-9 16-10 16-11 16-12 16-13 16-14 16-16 16-18

Local Planning Records
Building Permits
Land Division Approvals
Conditional Use Permits
Zone Change Approvals
Plan Amendments
Capital Improvement Projects
Assessors Records
Acreage of Parcels
Property Class
Published Source Data
State or Federal Agencies 28 28 28
Local Jurisdictions
Administrative Records or Permits
of State or Federal Agencies
ODOF
ODEQ
ODOT
ODSL 29 29 36 42 29
Army Corps Engineers 30 30 37 43 30
Other 31 31 31
Field Interviews or Observations
Local Agency Interviews 32 39 44 47
Interviews with State or 33 33 34 38 40 45 46 48
Federal Sources
Interviews with Private Sources
Field Observations Required 35 41
Survey Research Required

TABLE VI-3 (continued)

Data Items by Coal Area

Coastal Shorelands Beaches and Dunes
Data Sources 17-2 17-4 17-5 17-6 17-7 17-8 17-11 17-13 17-14 18-@ 18-4 18-5 18-6

Local'Planning Records
Building Permits
Land Division Approvals
Conditional Use Permits
Zone Change Approvals
Plan Amendments
Capital Improvement Projects
Assessors Records
Acreage of Parcels
Property Class
Published Source Data
State and Federal Agencies 49 49 28 28 28 28 60 0
Local Jurisdictions
Administrative Records or Permits
of State or Federal Agencies
ODOF
ODEQ 66
ODOT 50 57 61 57 61
ODSL 29 29 29 29 29 29 29
Army Corps Engineers 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
Other 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
Field Interviews or Observations
Local Agency Interviews 39
Interviews with State or 40 34 34 52 54 58 63
Federal Sources
Interviews with Private Sources 55 64
Field Observations Required 41 35 53 56 59 62 65
Survey Research Required

171

Table Notes on Sources Matrix for Lincoln County

1. Most likely agencies will be sheriff, health department or planning
department. State or federal agencies may also receive complaints.
Request they keep track.

2. ODOF's Annual Report.

3. Local District office will have more detailed records of fire causes.

4. Interviews with District Fire Ranger may be necessary for very specific
information on cause and location.

5. Must request notification of FDA recommendations and actions, local
district office.

6. Interviews with Forest Practices officer may be necessary.

7. Will require field observation and staff expertise. May need assistance
from private expert or state agency personnel.

8. Local road improvement program from Public Works department.

9. May require discussion with Public Works personnel.

10. Interviews may be necessary to obtain information on major construction
projects planned by state or federal agencies.

11. Annual interviews with State Highway Division about the total supply of
rock at their quarry site.

12. Annual interviews with private quarry operators.

13. DEQ maintains records of readings they take in regard to their monitoring
effort. The county will want to obtain these annually by prior arrange-
ment.

14. Records of shoreline erosion are maintained by ODOT by means of aerial
photos and other records. If not adequate, field observation may be
required.

15. Data on occupancy of sites by season at state parks can be secured
through ODOT, Parks and Recreation Division.

16. For private facilities field interviews will be required.

17. Results of boating use survey published by State Marine Board.

18. Interviews with State and Federal Parks personnel.

19. Marina facilities will require a Corps section 10 or 404 permit of
which local governments are notified.

172

20. Interviews with private marina operators.

21. Regular field observation to count vacant slips may substitute for
above.

22. the various publications of the Oregon Dep artment of Human Resources,
Employment Division are the best sources.

23. The 1980 Census of Housing contains some data on vacant housing held
for occasional use.

-2.4. Toaccurately monitor trends in the percentage of the housing stock in
second home use will require periodic survey research.

25. Will require interviews with the small private water district personnel.

26. Fire Insurance Classification Reports for rural fire protection dis-
tricts will list deficiencies and response time.

27-.- ODOT Motor Vehicle Division Reports.

28. Army Corps of Engineers Section 10 and 404 quarterly permit summaries
and reports or studies concerning proposed COE facilities (e.g., jetty
extensions and wing dams).

29. Fill, removal and riprap permits; leases of submerged and submersible
lands; reports of discovery and investigation of permit violations.

30. Section 10 and Section 404 permits and reports of discovery and in-
vestigation of permit violations.
31. ODFW and 6DOA licensing of aquacultural operations; Marine Board
houseboat licensing information; state and federal facility construc-
tion plans (primarily ODOT and COE).

32.. Interview local Marine Extension Agents to evaluate impacts of per-
mitted development and activities on habitat area.

33. Obtain by interview or request for copies impact review comments pre-
pared by ODFW, NMFS, USFWS, ODEQ, EPA.

34. Interview local representatives of ODFW to-determine status of designated
mitigation sites.

35. Periodically inspect designated mitigation sites to determine status.
May need assistance of state and federal agency representatives.

36. Mitigation requirements associated with fill and removal permits.

37. Mitigation needs identified in review comments or proposed Section 10
and Section 404 permits.

38. Interview ODSL and COE representatives concerning mitigation require-
ments and means of implementing them.

173

39. Interview local port district representatives and obtain their
assistance in reviewing status of designated disposal sites (both
estuarine and shoreland).

40. Interview COE representatives concerning current suitability of
designated dredged material disposal sites (both estuarine and
shoreland).

41. Periodically inspect designated dredge material disposal sites to
determine status. May need assistance from COE, Port District and
ODEW representatives.

42. Obtain information from Fill and Removal permits concerning location
and amount of dredging and material disposed.

43. Obtain information from Sections 10, 103 and 404 permits concerning
location and amount of dredging and material disposal.

44. Contact local port district representatives for estimates of private
material disposal and overall projected disposal needs.

45. Interview ODSL and COE representatives for additional information on
dredging activity and projected disposal needs.

46. Obtain results of periodic inspections of navigation channels con-
ducted by COE.

47. Consult with Port District representatives concerning efforts to
improve navigational capability.

48. Obtain information from COE representatives concerning efforts to
improve navigation.

49. COE Sections 10 and 404 permit summaries and reports or studies of
proposed facilities; ODOT Summary of Ocean Shore Improvement permits
used.

50. Ocean Shore Improvement permits.

51. State and federal facility construction plans (primarily ODOT and COE).

52. Interviews with representatives of ODOT and ODFW concerning effects
of permitted development on riparian vegetation.

53. Inspect riparian vegetation to estimate impacts of permitted develop-
ments and status of required re-vegetation efforts.

54. Obtain information from representatives of ODOT, DOGAMI, COE and
FEIMA on extent of flooding.

55. Interview private property owners concerning flooding experience.

56. Inspect flooded areas at time or shortly after flooding.

174

57. "Zone Line" and beach front erosion investigation reports.

58. Obtain information concerning offshore sand movement from COE studies
by interviewing representatives; consult ODOT representatives on ero-
sion reports.

59. Periodically investigate beach and dune areas to identify occurrences
of significant erosion and vegetative damage.

60. ODOT Summary of Ocean Shore Improvement permits.

61. Ocean Shore Improvement permits.

62. Periodically inspect beach front structures authorized by ODOT to
estimate negative impacts on visual quality, public access, adjacent
property and erosion.

63. Interview representatives of ODFW and ODOT to identify breached fore-
dunes and estimate impact on habitat and damage to property from sand
deposition or erosion.

64. Interview private land owners concerning breaching of foredunes.

65. Periodically inspect foredunes for possible breaching and impacts.

66. Review Subsurface Sewage Disposal Permits to identify type and location
of developments in sand areas.

TABLE VI-4
DATA ITEMS AND SOURCES MATRIX FOR THE
CITY OF NEWPORT

Data Items by Goal Area

Natural Natural
Resources Hazards Recreation Local Economy
5-3 5-3 7-2 7-2 8-1 8-3 8-5 8-7 8-7 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-3 9-5 9-a 9-b
Data Source (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)

Local Planning Records
Building Permits
Land Division Approvals
Zone Change Approvals
Conditional Use Permits
Plan Amendments
Capital Improvement Projects
Other Local Sources Ln
Business Licenses
Police Department
Public Works
School District
Other
Assessor's Records
"Percent Good" Records
Published Source Data
State or Federal Agencies 4. 7. 11. 11.
Other
Administrative Records or Per-
mits of State/Federal Agencies
ODEQ
ODOT
ODSL
Army Corps of Engineers 9.
Other 5. 12. 12.
Field Interviews or Observations
Interviews with Local Agencies
Interviews with State or 1. 2.
Federal Sources
Interviews with Private Sources 3. 8. 10.
Field observation Required 10.
Survey Research Required 8.

TABLE VI-4 (continued)

Data Items by Goal Area
Housing Public Facilities
Data Source 10-1 10-2 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-6 10-a 11-1 11-5 11-8 11-11 11-12 11-13 11-14 11-a 11-b 11-c

Local Planning Records
Building Permits
Land Division Approvals
Zone Change Approvals
Conditional Use Permits
Plan Amendments
Capital Improvement Projects
Other Local Sources
Business Licenses
Police Department
Public Works-
School District _.j
Other ON
Assessor's Records
"Percent Good" Records
Published Source Data
State or Federal Agencies 13. 17. 18. 17.
Other 14.
Administrative Records or Per-
mits of State/Federal Agencies
ODEQ
ODOT
ODSL
Army Corps of Engineers
Other
Field Interviews or Observations
Interviews with Local Agencies
Interviews with State or
Federal Sources
Interviews with Private Sources
Field Observation Required
Survey Research Required 15. 16.

TABLE VI-4 (continued)

Data Items by Goal Area

Estuarine Beaches
Transportation Resources Coastal Shorelands and Dunes
Data Source 12-1 12-5 12-8 16-11 16-16 17-4 17-5 17-6 17-13 17-14 18-2 18-4

Local Planning Records
Building Permits
Land Division Approvals
Zone Change Approvals
Conditional Use Permits
Plan Amendments
Capital Improvement Projects
Other Local Sources
Business Licenses
Police Department
Public Works
School District
Other 20.
Assessor's Records
"Percent Good" Records
Published Source Data
State or Federal Agencies 19 19. 24 28 28 35
Other
Administrative Records or Per-
mits of State/Federal Agencies
ODEQ
ODOT 32 36
ODSL 25 25 25
Army Corps of Engineers 26 26 26
Other 27 27 27
Field Interviews or Observations
Interviews with Local Agencies 21 21
Interviews with State or 22 22 29 33
Federal Sources
Interviews with Private Sources 30
Field Observation Required 23 23 31 34 37
Survey Research Required

178

Table Notes on Sources Matrix for Newport

1. For data on planned federal and state road improvements an annual call
to responsible agencies may be required.

2. Annual interview with State Highway Division about the cubic yards of
rock retrievable at their quarry.

3. Annual interviews with private quarry operators.

4. "State Parks User Statistics" from ODOT, Parks and Recreation Division.

5. Interviews with local Parks Division personnel may yield more detailed
data.

6. Interviews with major tourist attractions which charge admission have
guest registers or maintain visitor counts.

7. Published results of State Marine Board's survey of boating use.

8. This will require either a periodic survey or interviews with a sample
of hotel/motel facilities. Data may be difficult to collect.

9. Any increase in supply will require, at minimum, a permit from the
Corps. Planning will be notified automatically.

10. Requires either interviews with operators of marinas or simply periodic
observation of vacant slips or moorages.

11. The various publications ofthe Oregon Department of Human Resources,
Employment Division, are sources for this data but only on the county
level.

12. Special requests for computerized data on the city level must be made
and a fee paid for this data to the State Employment Division.

13. Data on vacancy rates which is available from private utilities, the
HUD Rent and Vacancy survey are available through the State Housing
Division.

14. The Benjamin Franklin Savings and Loan publishes data on the average
selling costs of new and existing homes by zip code in Oregon.

15. Data on rental rates will require a systematic monthly perusal of
classified advertisements.

16. Will require survey research to plot trends if data beyond the 1980
Census of Housing data on vacant units held for occasional use is desired.

17. Health Division, Office of Health Facilities Services.

18.- Portland State University Center for Population and Census.

179

19. ODOT Motor Vehicle Division Reports.

20. Airport operations manager.

21. Periodically interview local Port District personnel for assistance in
considering status of designated disposal sites for both estuarine and
shoreland areas.

22. Periodically interview COE representatives concerning current suit-
ability of designated dredged material disposal sites.

23. Periodically inspect dredged material sites to determine status. May
need assistance from Port District and COE personnel.

24. COE Section 10 and 404 permit summaries and reports or studies of
proposed facilities.

25. Fill, removal and riprap permits; leases of submerged and submersible
lands; reports of discovery and investigation of permit violations.

26. Sections 10 and 404 permits and reports of discovery and investigation
of permit violations. @

27. State and federal facility construction plans (primarily ODOT and COE).

28. COE Section 10 and Section 404 quarterly permit summaries and reports
or studies concerning proposed COE facilities (e.g., jetty extensions
and wing dams).

29. Obtain information from representatives of ODOT, DOGAMI, COE, FEIMA
on extent of flooding.

30. Interview private property owners concerning flooding insurance.

31. Inspect flooded areas at time of or shortly after flooding.

32. "Zone line" and beach front erosion investigation reports.

33. Obtain information concerning offshore sand movement from COE studies
by interviewing representatives; consult ODOT representatives on ero-
sion reports.

34. Periodically investigate beach and dune areas to identify occurrences
of significant erosion and vegetative damage.

35. ODOT Summary of Ocean Shore Improvement permits.

36. Ocean Shore Improvement Permits.

37. Periodically inspect beach front structures authorized by ODOT to
estimate negative impacts on visual quality, public access, adjacent
property and erosion.

181

VII. AUTOMATED APPROACHES TO COMPREHENSIVE

PLAN MONITORING

In designing systematic techniques and procedures for comprehensive
plan monitoring, consideration should be given to the adoption of computers
for storing, quantifying, classifying and summarizing of data. Recent
surveys indicate that all but seven counties and nearly all of the cities
over 5,000 population have automated many of their activities involving
processing of information (BGRS 1982). Twenty nine counties have
completed or are in the process of automating their assessment and taxation
files in addition to budgeting and accounting records. The principal
applications ofcomputers for cities are in budgeting and accounting. Only
two cities (Eugene and Medford) and three counties (Lane, Jackson and
Josephine) indicated that computers were being used for processing of land
use or zoning_data at the end of 1981.

There are undoubtedly a variety of reasons for this apparent scarcity
of automated planning data bases, including insufficient quantities of data
to justify automation, costs of conversion from manual to automated records,
inadequate knowledge concerning computer processing, and administrative or
organizational barriers limiting access to computer facilities by planners.
However, in view of significantly decreasing costs of hardware and software,
the increasing need for better data to be provided to local policy makers,
and declining public agency budgets, it is becoming more and more important
that planning professionals be knowledgeable about the potentials and
limitations of computerized processing of data for planning purposes.

Feasibility

The principal advantages of computers are their ability to handle large
quantities of simple or complex data, to perform various transformations or
manipulations of the data (i.e., comparisons, mathematical calculations,
selection, sorting), to produce printed reports and maps from the data
according to user specifications, to store large quantities of information
in very small space in an easily accessible form, and to execute instruc-
tions given in the form of programs with extreme speed and accuracy.

The feasibility of converting all or parts of a manual planning
analysis and monitoring system of data processing to an automated system
cannot be established by the application of any simple formulas. While the
factors to be considered by each city or county are similar, the evaluation
and conclusions will necessarily vary. Some of the more important factors

182

in the conduct of a feasibility study for automating specific plan monitor-
ing or other planning data files are:

a. The number and nature of source records to be converted to
machine readable form--i.e., cards, tabular, maps, files
already automated by other agencies.

b. The types of manipulations and output products desired from
the system--cross-tabulations, quantifications, summaries,
maps, etc.

c. Costs and time involved in converting manual records to
automated form.

d. Costs of processing data.

e. Procedures necessary for editing and updating data files.

f. Availability of technical data processing personnel.

g. Availability of hardware facilities.

Basically a decision to automate all or parts of local planning data
bases depends on an evaluation of the costs and anticipated benefits.
Planners who have not used automated systems may need the assistance of a
data processing professional to estimate the time and cost involved in
converting manual to automated systems. In general, it is not feasible to
utilize machine processing when the number of records to be automated is
less than 200-300 per year, and perhaps in some instances less than 1,000.

It is unlikely that any planning agency would find it feasible to
automate the published data items for plan monitoring described in Chapter V
because, except for the census data which are available in machine readable
form, the quantities of information relevant for any local jurisdiction
generally are too small to justify machine processing.

In some instances automating building permit files may be feasible.
Such automation would involve writing certain data extracted from each
permit on a computer file, which would then be used for summarizing permit
activity. Such a file would be particularly useful if the number of
records processed each year is large, and if the desired analysis is
relatively complex, for example extensive cross-tabulations by location,
land use or housing type, date, or combinations of such variables. In
addition, planning staff would need easy access to computing facilities,
although this particular application would be simple and could be done on
a small computer. The format for data entry would be similar to the
example presented in Chapter VI which illustrates a manual approach to this
same monitoring activity. In the case of most municipal and county juris-
dictions in Oregon, however, manual approaches seem adequate unless a more
comprehensive automated data system, based on assessor's data, is developed.

The establishment of the apparent feasibility of using automated
methods does not necessarily imply that a planner must be a data processing

183

technician, have direct access to a computer, or produce the source data
for automation. Activities involving data entry, editing, programming and
processing could be performed by planning staff, data processing staff, a
service bureau or a consultant; the input data might be generated by the
planning agency or by some other agency; it mightbe in mapped, manually
coded or automated form; the computer could be located in the planning
office, a centralized facility in the city and/or county, or at some remote
location; transmission of instructions could be made directly to the
computer by console or remote terminal from the planning office or by
written or verbal communications with persons responsible for the
performance of specific automation activities. While specific technical
competence is not required for using automated systems, a knowledge of the
data to be put into the system and what is needed from it is essential.

Implementation

The automation of manual data files involves three basic steps:
1) conversion of manual records to machine readable form; 2) writing
computer programs containing instructions for reading the data, performing
desired manipulations on the data, and generating output according to
prescribed specifications; and 3) computer execution of the program using
the machine readable data records as input.

To convert written or typed records to machine readable records all
that is necessary is to give the manual records to someone with data entry
equipment (key punch, some word processors, or data entry terminal), and
have them convert the records to punch cards, magnetic tape records, or
disk storage records. Conversion of mapped data to numeric values for
computer use involves digitizing (either manual or mechanical) positions on
a map to translate them to grid coordinate values.

The nature of the input data and the complexity of the output desired
will determine the investment in time and money necessary for computer
programming. However, once a program is written it can be used repeatedly
for processing additional data with little or no modification. The programs
should be written with full understanding of the computer with which they
will be used.

The execution of the programs with the data can be accomplished using
an in-house computer, common data processing facilities, or by contract
with an outside agency or consultant.

Conclusions

It appears likely that only a few local planning jurisdictions in
Oregon may be able to Justify automating individual components of a plan
monitoring system (e.g., land use, zone changes, building permits).
However, if any county and the cities in that county joined in a cooperative
effort to develop a multi-jurisdiction, multi-purpose automated monitoring
system based on existing automated files containing thousands of
administrative records, it is probable that such a system would prove
economically feasible.

184

A Suggested Manual/Automated Monitoring System

The use of automated techniques for plan monitoring does not preclude
the inclusion of non-automated data as part of a total monitoring system.
The system described below should also include all of the data from published
sources as described in Chapter V which should be tabulated and summarized
manually. The development and maintenance of manual systems for monitoring
indicators of change that are not included in the suggested automated
system (e.g., zone changes, conditional use permits, subdivisions, plan
amendments) is also important as part of a total monitoring system.

With the exception of ten counties and the cities in those counties,
all jurisdictions in Oregon currently have the potential of developing a
relatively useful and inexpensive automated plan monitoring system based on
real property records of county assessors' files. Seven counties (Jefferson,
Harney, Morrow, Wallowa, Sherman, Gilliam and Wheeler) do not have their
assessment and taxation files automated so the system could not be used for
jurisdictions in these areas. Multnomah and Harney counties do not use the
map reference techniques recommended by the Department of Revenue, and
Marion and Klamath are in the process of converting to this system so these
additional counties cannot presently use the process described below.
However, with sufficient cooperation between local jurisdictions, other
cities and counties in the state could have the proposed system operating
in total or in part in a relatively short period of time.

The system is based on the fact that assessors real property records
contain key data items that are required by statute, by Department of
Revenue Administrative Rules, or are approved and recommended by the
Department of Revenue. The numbers of records in the assessment roles
varies from about 2,000 to 200,000 from county to county, but is not an
unmanageable size when processed by a computer. In general, counties under
30,000 population have 2,000 to 10,000 ownership parcels, those with a
population of 30,000 to 60,000 have 10,000 to 40,000 parcels and those with
a population over 60,000 have 40,000 to 200,000 parcels.

Most of the data items included in the real property records are not
directly transferable to a plan monitoring system, but with appropriate
recoding procedures they can be used as planning data. The relative
accuracy of the planning information has been tested, as described in
Appendix B, by recoding approximately 18,000 Lane County real property
records and comparing summarized data with information contained in the
Lane County Regional Information System. This proposed system for re-coding
of real property data can provide information on land use, housing units,
value of housing, and zoning. The information can be summarized for
counties, cities, approximate urban growth boundaries, and sub-areas from a
section to a sixteenth-section.

The,nine specific variables from the assessors' files that form the
basis of the system are:

1. Tax Lot Number. Some unique identification for each real
property record is required by statute. For the 32 counties
currently using the numbering system recommended by the

185

Department of Revenue this is a 13 digit number consisting of
township, range, section, quarter-section, sixteenth-section,
and a 5 digit parcel number within the map. Depending on the
density of development the number can represent all of the
parcels in a sixteenth-section up to an entire section. Most
cities are mapped as sixteenth-sections (a scale of 1"-100')
and the sum of all the properties on such a map represent
about 40 acres. The city of Cottage Grove has 44 such sub-
unit maps, the city of Bend would have 45-50, and a city the
size of Newport would have approximately 25. These map
designations in the tax lot number are the geographic sub-
units for data aggregation in the proposed example system.
While they are not designed for planning analysis, they do
provide a uniform and fixed geographic system to which the
data are already geocoded.

2. Property Class. A property class coding system is prescribed
by administrative rule and is required to be included in all
assessment roll records. This consists of a three digit code
designating the appraiser's evaluation of the "highest and
best use" of the land, and whether the parcel has any improve-
ments or development on it. Although not required, the
Department of Revenue has approved the use of the middle digit
to identify urban, rural, suburban, ocean frontage, river
frontage, or lake frontage.

3. Tax Code Area. A system for the identification of all taxing
districts must be developed for each county and included in
the assessment roll records. This code defines whether any
parcel is inside a city, school district, special district,
etc. The code can be used as a geographic designator in the
proposed system to aggregate data by jurisdiction.

4. Acreage. The total acreage of parcels are required by statute
to be included in real property records unless they have been
divided into blocks and lots.

5. Statistical Class. The Department of Revenue has approved and
recommended a coding system to describe specific types of
improvements on a parcel, but such a code is not a requirement.
A review of all county ratio studies filed with the Department
of Revenue for 1981 indicates that a majority of counties use
the recommended coding, at least for residential properties.

6. Tax Exempt Status. An indication of tax exempt properties must
be included in property records, either as a separate variable
or as part of the statistical classification system.

7. & 8. True Cash value of Land & True Cash Value of Improvements.
An appraisal of the value of land and improvements, as adjusted
by studies of ratios of appraised value to sales values, is
required to be included in each real property record. 'These
values are used to compute average value of housing.

186

9. Year Structure Built. This variable is not required, but if
it is included in assessors' records it can be used directly
to indicate change during any given year, which is a necessary
component of a comprehensive plan monitoring system.

Three additional variables, not included in the test described in
Appendix B, are usually included in assessors' real property records and
may be desirable to include in the generated data base for use by local
planning agencies.

1. Owner Address. The address to which tax notices are to be
mailed must be included in real property records. It may be a
mortgage company or the title holder, but a listing of these
names and addresses might be useful for planning agencies in
mailing notices of hearings.

2. Site Address. Inclusion of the address of the parcel is not
a requirement and is not possible if an address has not been
assigned. If included, it can be sorted and used to derive an
address to map number index for manual or automated geocoding
of administrative records containing address to maps, cities,
urban growth boundaries, taxing districts, etc.

3. Percent Good. This variable is not required, but when included
is based on a combination of the age and condition of a structure.
It may be used by planners as an indication of structure
condition, but should be used only with an understanding of how
the values are derived.

The initial implementation of this suggested automated planning data
system would require several steps, but once established the repetitive
updating of the data should require a minimum of time and expense. A
sequence of actions that should be followed to establish the system are:

1. All planning agencies within a county should jointly agree to
determine the feasibility of establishing and maintaining such
a system.

2. Meet with the county assessor or some person with knowledge
of the automated coding and formats of real property files
for that county, and determine which of the above described
variables are included in their records and which are in
machine readable form. Variables 1 through 6 must be included
for implementation of a system within the proposed framework.
The other described variables are desirable, but not essential
to the implementation of the system.

3. Make provisions (contract, agreement, pay) for a programer,
probably in the county assessment department,or a consultant
supporting some turn-key system for assessment records, to
write a program to extract the above variables from the
assessorts records and create an intermediate data set with
a specified format containing the selected data items for all

1S7

ownership parcels in the county. Several counties have
common processing systems for processing assessment and
taxation records so one program for each of these could
be used by all having the same formats. Such counties
include Douglas and Coos; Baker, Malheur, Union and Grant;
Crook and Lake; Lane, Linn and Benton; Lincoln, Wasco and
Curry. Once such an extraction program is written it can
be used in successive years with little or no modification.

4. Arrange with or pay the assessor's office to run the
selection program using the county's real property files
as input, and create the intermediate output automated
data set.

5. Define average lot size for platted parcels and urban growth
boundary designations to be assumed for each map area.
These two variables are important for a planning data base
but are not included in assessment roll records. The
procedures described in Appendix B (see "Parameter Assign-
ments") define a method for adding these data items to
real property records on the basis of assumed values
provided by the planning agency. The process involves the
visual inspection and analysis of each map in the built up
areas. The subdivision designations, boundary delineations
and dimensions included on assessors' maps provide a basis
for estimating the number of platted lots, their area and
the variations in their size. A judgmental decision must
be made of what appears to be an average acreage of those
parcels that do not have an area determined by the assessor.
The results of the application described in Appendix B
indicate that a majority of parcels in the urban areas will
have their area allocated by such assignment. Therefore, it
is important that the estimated average areas be as accurate
as possible. Also, a decision must be made as to whether
each map is to be considered inside or outside of the urban
growth boundary. A list must be made with an entry for each
map containing the map number, the average lot size to be
assumed for platted lots, and the urban growth boundary
designation.

6. Write or contract for writing a program to read the above
intermediate data set, add land use summary codes based on
the interpretation sequence of assessor's codes as described
in Appendix B, add number of housing units, add urban growth
boundary designation, add assumed acreage if not included in
assessorls records, and generate a new data file to be used
for summarizing planning and monitoring data in a form
specified by planning agencies. Some modification of the
coding equivalencies used for Lane County will be needed to
accommodate specific local conventions and coding practices
adopted by each county assessor. Once this program has been
written and tested it can be reused each year with data from
a new intermediate data set.

188

7. Determine what specific summaries and tabulations of the
data now contained in the generated data base can be used
to fulfill particular planning analysis and monitoring
.needs.

8. Produce the desired tabulations (contract, agreement or in-
house) using the generated planning data base and some
report generating program. No new programs should be needed
to produce summary reports since most computer facilities
have available one or more general purpose software packages
which can be used to produce summaries and tabulations.
However, for some smaller hardware configurations some
additional report generating programs may have to be written.

The generated new data base would have one record for each ownership
parcel in the county and each record should contain at least the variables
shown in Table VII-1.

These are individual records for parcels and do not represent
aggregated data. Therefore it is possible to cross-classify any of the
descriptive attributes included in the records; for exampleacres of land
use by zoning, acres of land use by year structure built, housing units by
type of zoning, average value of single family units. It is also possible
to select and list individual records on the basis of single or combined
attribute specification (e.g., list map and tax lot number of parcels with
year structure built = 1982, list map and tax lot number of parcels classi-
fied as undeveloped having over 10 acres and having a property class of
industrial). Finally, one can produce aggregate summaries of data on the
basis of single or multiple attribute specifications by any of the
geographic designations (e.g., acres by land use category by section,
housing units by type in the city, average value of single family units by
groups of sections).

Quantitative measures of change in development for plan monitoring can
be produced in either of two ways. If year structure was built is included
in assessor's records, select and list or summarize the characteristics of
parcels having a year structure built value for any specific years (i.e.,
list or summarize all parcels having year structure built = 1982 would
indicate developments occurring during 1982). By reference to assessor's
maps for locations of tax lot numbers or map numbers the data can be
transferred to base maps for visual analysis of geographic patterns of
change.

if year structure was built is not included in the assessor's records
quantitative measures of developments can be produced by comparing two
summaries of data by geographic areas which represent two points in time.
The differences are the changes that occurred between the two benchmark
years. These differences by geographic sub-areas can also be plotted on
base maps if desired.

Specific examples of how this data base can be used to monitor
plan implementation objectives are shown in Table VII-2. This table
lists those data items from Chapter III which can most easily be ex-
tracted from the generated data base, plus a brief description of how
the data can be applied for monitoring. In many cases the measurement of

189

TABLE VII-1

GENERATED DATA BASE VARIABI FS

Variable Comments

Geographic Location

A. Map number Township/Range/Section and Quarter-
section if mapped by assessor at
1" = 200' scale, and/or sixteenth
section if mapped by assessor at
1" = 100' scale

B. Tax lot number Individual parcel identification
C. Tax code area Cities, school districts, special
taxing districts, etc.
D. Urban growth boundary Inside or outside

Descriptive Attributes

1. Land use code 13 categories. See Table B-2 for
probable accuracy limitations
2. Tax exempt status
3. Number of one and two See Table B-3 for probable accuracy
family housing units limitations
4. Area of parcel in acres Calculated by assessor or assigned
average lot size for platted lots

5. True value of land

6. True value of improvements
7. Property class:
a. zoning Surrogate variable based on first
digit. See Table B-4 for probable
accuracy limitations.
b. farm use tax deferral Third digit
status

c. parcel characteristic Based on second.digit, which is
optional. Indication of urban, sub-
urban, rural, ocean lake or river
frontage.

8. Statistical class

9. Year structure built If included in assessor's records

190

TABLE VII-1 (Continued)

Variable Comments

Possible Supplemental Data Items

10. Site address If included in assessor's records

11. Owner's address
12. Percent good If included in assessor's records,
see "Appraisal Methods Manual" for
limitations and interpretation

change involves comparing data sets for two different years, although in
some cases the "year structure built" variable can be used to identify
specific parcels as well as aggregate changes which have occurred within a
particular period. Also, the variables included in the data base often
differ from the monitoring data item specification, implying that either
the monitoring data item be changed to correspond more closely with the
data available from the generated data,base, or that additional monitoring
data be added to the data base which allows a more accurate measurement of
the monitoring data item.

As discussed in Appendix B, the development of a monitoring data base
from assessor's records may be a useful and cost-effective means of
providing for a portion of a Jurisdiction's monitoring data needs,
especially for urban areas. The example data system described and tested
as part of this project documents the useful potential which assessor
records have for plan monitoring purposes.

TABLE VII-2
GENERATED DATA BASE VARIABLES ASSOCIATED WITH PLAN
MONITORING DATA NEEDS

Generated Data Geographic
Selected Plan Monitoring Data Items Base Variables Designation Method of
(from Chapter III) (from Table VII-1) (from Table VII-1) Application Comments

(3-1) Number of acres added to or sub- 1,4,7b C,D Summarize Includes EFU in farm
tracted from EFU zones. by area. use only.
(3-3) Development and land use actions 1,7b,9 A,B List, plot Includes EFU in farm
approved on EFU zoned land and and overlay. use only.
on property adjacent to EFU zoned
land
(5-1) Development occurring on or 1,9 A,B List, plot
immediately adjacent to desig- and overlay.
nated and inventoried Goal 5
sites.
(5-2) Acres added or subtracted from lo499 A,B List, plot
the open space inventory. and overlay.
(7-2) Type and location of developments 1,9 A,B List, plot
and type of safeguards required. and overlay.
(9-3) Amount and location of recent 1,4,9 A$B,C,D Summarize by
land development. area; list
and plot.
(9-5) Amount and location of develop- 1,4,7a,9 A,C,D Summarize by
able commercial and industrial area.
land.
(10-1) Number of housing units added to 1,3,4,9 A,C,D Summarize Does not include
or subtracted from the total apartments.
housing supply by type and size
of unit.
(10-2) Number of acres zoned or planned 4,7a,9 A,C,D Summarize Maximum densities
for residential development by by area. not indicated.
type and maximum densities.

TABLE VII-2 (Continued)

Generated Data Geographic
Selected Plan Monitoring Data Items Base Variables Designation Method of
(from Chapter III) (from Table VII-I) (from Table VII-1) Application Comments

(10-4) Housing costs by type. 3,6,9 A,C,D Summarize Average or median
value (not cost).
Apartments not
included.
(10-5) Condition of housing stock by 3,12,9 A,C,D Summarize See "Appraisal
geographical area. Methods Manual" for
limitations and use.
Apartments not
included.
(12-2) Development affecting traffic 1,4,9 A,C,D Summarize
demand or hindering future by area.
capacity expansion.
(14-1) Development approved by type 1,4,9 D Summarize
and geographic area in the
urban growth boundary.
(14-2) Development by type within the 1,4,7a,9 C,D Summarize
urban growth boundary and avail-
able urbanizable land by zoning
and characteristics within city
limits.
(15-1) Type and location of development, 1,4,9 A,B List, plot
activities and land use actions. and overlay.
(16-4) Developments and activities by 1,4,7c,9 A,B List, plot
type, area, location and impact. and overlay.
(16-8) Type, location and extent of 1,9 A,B List, plot
developments and activities and overlay.
creating discharges, sedimenta-
tion, or reduced stream flow.
(17-2) Type, size and location of 1,7c,9 A,B List and plot.
developments and land use actions
allowed in "natural" shorelands.

TABLE VII-2 (Continued)

Generated Data Geographic
Selected Plan Monitoring Data Items Base Variables Designation Method of
(from Chapter III) (from Table VII-I) (from Table VII-1) Application Comments

(17-11) Location, type, extent of develop- 1,9 A,B List,,plot
ments and activities affecting and overlay.
riparian vegetation.
(18-6) Type, extent and location of 1,7c,9 A,B List, plot
developments and land use actions and overlay.
approved for beach and dune areas.

APPENDICES

195

APPENDIX A
MONITORING SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND EXAMPLES

I. Monitoring Concepts

This appendix discusses and illustrates various approaches to planning
data collection, storage and application which are pertinent to comprehen-
sive plan monitoring. It focuses on planning data systems which have been
developed and implemented in Oregon and for which documentation is avail-
able. Systems on several levels of complexity are included, from relatively
simple manual systems to complex computer-based land data systems.

In all cases but one these "systems" consist of planning data
collection and storage activities which 1) are readily identifiable but
which constitute only a portion of the planning data collection and applica-
tion activity of the jurisdiction, 2) are general plan data systems which
address a range of data needs in the jurisdiction and which were not
designed exclusively for comprehensive plan monitoring, and 3) do not
address all comprehensive plan monitoring needs of the jurisdiction because
of limitations imposed by their design or scope. Examining these systems
in light of plan monitoring data needs provides insight on how monitoring
fits with other planning activity and on how a planning data system might
be designed if monitoring is to be an important application.

Important Monitoring System Output

In order to be useful for plan monitoring purposes a planning data
system must be capable of providing several types of information:

1. State of the region or community--This output describes the
conditions of a population or geographic area at a particular
point in time. Examples include residential or industrial
vacant land or housing inventories, employment levels, or
measurements of resource quantities or qualities. This
information in and of itself is of limited use for monitoring
purposes, although it plays other important roles in a planning
process.

2. Community or regional comparisons between time periods--If
the information in (1) above is available for two or more time
periods, comparisons can be made. This would allow estimating,

196

for example, changes in housing or industrial vacant land
inventories, resource quality changes, or public facilities
capacity changes. Locational aspects of these changes can
also be analyzed by comparing the distribution at the two
time points. For example, vacant residential land can be
inventoried by location for each time point using the same
locational boundaries and compared by location, showing
changes in the locational pattern of lands which are vacant.
Measuring changes over time is an important component of
monitoring, and the ability to do so is fundamental to any
monitoring information system.

3. Components of change--Although comparing the state of a
community at two points in time allows measurement of changes
which have occurred, further detail regarding the components
of this change is very valuable. For example, a net increase
in vacant residential land inventory generally consists of
changes in zoning, conditional use permit actions, annexations,
plan amendments, and other actions affecting the use and
availability of land, as well as construction and demolition
activity. Knowing the individual contribution of each of
these components, as well as the total net effect on the land
inventory, is very valuable for monitoring purposes, in
particular for analyzing policies and procedures in the plan
which affect land inventory changes. Components of change
information in other planning policy areas is similarly
important.

The sections below which review examples of planning information
systems in Oregon describe how these informational needs are met.

Several format options are available for reporting monitoring informa-
tion, each with its particular advantages and application. Mapping is
particularly useful for showing the state of a community at a time point,
and if separate maps or overlays are available for multiple time periods,
additional maps can be produced showing changes which have occurred. For
situations where the mapped information is not very complex and change is
relatively slow this system can be quite satisfactory. Its major short-
coming is*its inability to easily show quantitative summaries at either
particular time points or of changes between time points. Unless the maps
are augmented with the necessary data--such as parcel sizes or the number
of housing units--and the maps contain information on more than one
characteristic--such as zoning and plan district as well as land use--
preparing quantitative summaries is difficult. Mapping also does not show
components of change information well because of its complexity, although
summary maps of such information can be prepared, if desired. An example
might be a map showing new residential construction by type of unit.

Tabular formats are particularly useful for summarizing monitoring
information, and can take a variety of forms depending on the data display
needs. Such tables also can be augmented with mapped display of selected
information to show distributional patterns.

197

Monitoring data may also be maintained in the form of files which can
be accessed for analysis as desired. An example might be a file prepared
from building and demolition administrative records which summarizes
pertinent data and which can be accessed in order to prepare tables and/or
maps showing the characteristics of this activity over the time period
which the file covers. The preparation of files such as this reduces or
eliminates the need to scan basic permit records more than once, yet
maintains the option of repeated data analysis. In many cases the use of a
computer for storing and managing such files is beneficial, although manual
approaches can also work if the file content is not large.

Geocoding Options for Administrative Data

Geographic coding and reporting of planning data is necessary for
nearly any monitoring application. Mapped information is the simplest form
of such coding, where parcel, land unit, administrative action and other
information is recorded and displayed using an underlying map as a reference
system. Many monitoring (and other) plan data applications require data
aggregation in tabular form, however, often associated with a geographic
reference system so that distributional characteristics are illustrated.
Therefore it generally is necessary to include geographic references (geo-
codes) in any assemblage of data gathered from administrative records.

A variety of options are available for coding data with respect to
location. Each of the plan data systems described below have elected
certain alternatives. The following are the primary choices available.

1. Township/Range/Section (TRS)

This is the most traditional method of identifying the location
of tax parcels for taxation and other recordkeeping purposes. Its
strength lies in its use within a wide variety of situations, but
in particular as part of all tax record systems. The most detailed
form locates parcels to the quarter of a quarter of a section level,
which represents a land unit approximately 1320 feet square.

It is common, however, that the boundaries of sections and
section components do not correspond with political, administra-
tive and geographic units, and thus can be of only limited use for
representing these areas. In addition a unit of quarter/quarter
section size is still somewhat large for purpose of planning data
aggregation in metropolitan situations, although for broad planning
and monitoring application it can be useful, as discussed in the
body of this report.

2. Census Districts

Census districts include tracts, enumeration districts and
block groups, as well as the other large census districts which are
aggregations of these smaller units. Although these districts
commonly are used by planners who utilize census data they often
are not used for geocoding other planning data. Building permit

198

records, for example, generally do not include tract or other
census location.

Using the smaller census districts would have certain
advantages in relating planning data to census data. Blocks,
block groups and enumeration districts are small enough to serve
as useful units for aggregating and reporting data, particularly
the sub-tract districts, and have boundaries which tend to be
relatively stable over time. Census tracts also have fairly
stable boundaries, although changes do occur from census to
census, particularly in urbanizing areas.

3. Political or Administrative Boundaries

Political or administrative districts include school, fire,
improvement or other districts, electoral districts, districts
established by individual service agencies (such as the police
department), or a variety of other forms. Examples which are
central for planning include the urban growth and service
districts, and plan units such as comprehensive planning or trans-
portation districts. Most or all of these districts are too large,
and/or the boundaries too fluid to be of much use for monitoring
data geocoding. An exception might be a planning district system
which is established and maintained for purposes of geocoding
planning data. Transportation planning districts are sometimes
identified in this manner.

4. Address

Addresses are very useful for geocoding purposes for parcels
and for housing, commercial or industrial units in that each unit
has a unique address which can be located exactly (or nearly so).
Addresses in and of themselves are of limited use unless they are
aggregated into larger districts, however. Their strength lies in
the flexibility by which they can be aggregated into nearly any
other geographic districts if some means of identifying addresses
with these districts is available. Addresses are included on a wide
variety of planning-related administrative records which relate to
actions on a particular parcel for a particular housing or other
unit, such as building permits or variances.

Addresses are not always available for rural parcels, however,
or for individual parcels within a subdivision which is not platted,
limiting the usefulness of addresses as geographical locators of
parcels in outlying or urbanizing areas.

5. Zip Code

Postal zip codes are one form of address geocoding aggregation
which have the advantage of being part of the addresses themselves.
There are major disadvantages for using ZIP ocdes for geocoding
purposes, however, except in the case of applying available data.
ZIP code boundaries are established for purposes oforganizing mail

199

delivery and often do not correspond to geographical districts
which are relevant for planning analysis. ZIP code districts are
also fairly large in suburban or rural districts.

Certain available data can easily be aggregated by ZIP code,
however, and under some circumstances this approach can be very
expedient. An example is employment data by industry, available
from the Oregon Department of Human Resources as a listing of
firms with addresses and employment and payroll counts.
Aggregating these data by ZIP codes can be done relatively quickly,
compared to the process of using the addresses to aggregate to
other geographic districts.

6. State Plane Coordinates

The State Plane Coordinate system is established for purposes
of identifying geographical locations with great accuracy and is
excellent for planning geocoding purposes except for the difficulty
of assigning coordinates to parcels. The two largest plan data
systems in Oregon both assign coordinates to individual land parcels,
and these coordinates are subsequently used within these data systems
to locate and aggregate parcels and to assign other variable values
to each parcel.

Like an address, however, coordinates are useful primarily in
that they allow parcel aggregations to larger districts of the
planner's choosing. Aggregating in this manner requires some means
of assigning parcels to the proper districts, and is practical only
on mechanized systems. Moreover, coordinate values must be
associated with all parcels and parcel actions which the system
includes, such as building permit actions. The former is generally
mechanized, and the latter requires either a mechanized or complex
manual approach since coordinates are not a part of the administrd-
tive records which are important for monitoring purposes.

7. Grid Systems

Grid systems rely on a geographic reference net which is over-
laid on a map, thereby identifying map units of uniform size and
which can be readily identified and related to any parcels or other
units on the underlying geography. Their advantage is that they
can be uniform and stable and serve to organize the aggregation and
organization of a wide variety of planning data. Certain land
resource analysis systems use a grid reference system, and grids
have often been used for large-scale transportation planning analysis.

Grids have the disadvantage of not relating to the geographic,
administrative and other districts which are of interest to planners,
although if grid size is small enough then these districts can be
approximated by grid aggregations. Grid locations are also not
included on planning-related administrative records, requiring that
grid locations must be assigned in some manner. This is a complex
procedure if the number of grids is large.

200

The use of quarter/quarter sections,as geocoding districfs is
a modified form of a grid system where grid lines were established
for purposes of land division and record keeping for tax purposes.
Although applying this grid system shares the problems of any other,
it has the advantage of the grid location being a widely used
locator for parcels and administrative actions relating to parcels.
The use of these grids is discussed in Appendix B.

II. Examples of Monitoring Applications

The following sections describe selected examples of planning data
systems from Oregon county and municipal jurisdictions and discuss how these
systems can be used for plan monitoring purposes. The intent is to
illustrate how a variety of different types of data systems--from sophisti-
cated computer-based systems to relatively simple collections of
administrative record data which are processed manually--can be adapted
and applied to plan monitoring needs. Each section contains a brief
description of the system, followed by a discussion of what data are
included and how they are stored. The application of the system for monitor-
ing purposes is then discussed, including a review of the system's strengths
and weaknesses for this application.

Columbia River Estuary (CREST) Permit Monitoring System

A. Overview

CREST was formed to assist in resource management and planning relating
to the Columbia River estuary. The project includes representation of
county, municipality and port jurisdictions at the mouth of the Columbia.
Beginning in 1980 CREST began collecting administrative records relating to
all permit actions in the Columbia Estuary area and preparing regular
reports which siunmarize this activity. These administrative records derive
from a variety of agencies, including federal (e.g., Corps of Engineers)
and state (Division of State Lands). Although this activity is limited in
scope and purpose it is included here to illustrate how administrative
records can be used for monitoring purposes. CREST also systematically
collects research materials, media reports and other published information
pertaining to the Estuary and makes its collection available to a variety
of users.

B. Data Included

The primary monitoring data collection and the reports which derive
from it consist of file materials and logs of permit actions in the Estuary.
A file on each permit is maintained, referenced by permit number, and a
summary log prepared each month which includes the permit application, date
of application, a permit reference number, a brief description of the
permit request, and a summary statement about CREST action with regard to
the request. This summary is included in a monthly report to DLCD. No

201

additional analysis is regularly performed on these data, although the files
and logs are maintained for additional use if desired.

Additional material is gathered and maintained as a library, including
data on water quality measurements, other research on resources quality,
habitats or other important features of the Estuary, media reports on a
variety of topics relating to planning and resource management, research
materials from other locations which relate to local planning needs, and a
variety of other materials. Approximately 30 to 40 acquisitions are added
to the library each month. At one time a computer-based indexing system
was used; currently a manual card catalog serves this purpose.

C. Data Storage

Storage is as files, reports and materials collections, and logs of
permit actions. Manual methods are used throughout.

D. Data Access for Monitoring Purposes

Access to primary data on permit activity in the Estuary area is
simple in that files, logs and other materials are comprehensive and readily
available. Conditions of important resources can be summarized to the
extent that research and other data are included, and the level and type of
permit activity can be summarized from the permit logs. CREST's resource
management specialization is reflected in its data management, however, so
many broader aspects of planning are not represented.

Analyses of changes in the area, such as changes over time in resources
quality or development activity, can be prepared to the extent that data
are available, but doing so requires manually recording and analyzing data
from the sources which CREST maintains. The permit logs can be analyzed,
for example, to review the type, location, applicant and other character-
istics of changes occurring in the Estuary. CREST does not regularly
prepare summaries such as this.

Components of change information can also be gathered from CREST's
data sources to the extent that permit files and other materials include
the information necessary. As in other cases, however, the extent of
analysis is limited by the scope of the material available and by the
limitations of manually accessing and applying a primary data collection.

E. Primary Advantages for Monitoring Applications

CREST has succeeded in establishing a system by which nearly all
administrative actions relating to the Columbia Estuary area are monitored
and recorded, including administrative actions which do not involve public
decision-making bodies. Primary material on these actions is maintained,
with a summary log for reference purposes. In addition research and other
materials are regularly collected and made available. This collection of
materials represents a very useful source of primary monitoring data which
can be applied to a variety of needs.

202

F. Primary Weaknesses for Monitoring Applications

The rather narrow topical focus and the limited amount of ongoing
analysis restrict the monitoring applications of this information.

Geographic Land and Data System (GLADS)

A. Overview

This project was initiated in 1977 primarily to develop a new map base
for Salem and Marion County, using a computer-based mapping system. The
system also has the capability of storing and retrieving non-graphic data
associated with mapped land units, greatly enhancing its capability for
plan monitoring purposes.

Currently the system is oriented primarily to completing a 1:100 map
base sufficiently accurate to satisfy assessment and taxation map require-
ments and the needs of public works departments. Existing maps are
digitized and additional material, including new survey information, is
added, reviewed and corrected in several steps until sufficient accuracy is
achieved. Once an individual map has been approved for assessment and
taxation purposes, additional map features can be added, as well as non-
graphic information such as parcel characteristics.

The system allows users to specify the information which is desired on
a map it produces. For example, one can request utility location informa-
tion on a parcel base map. The system also has the capability to produce
tabular summaries of information associated with mapped land units, although
this capability is currently not well developed.

User involvement in system design, development and ultimate application
has been ongoing. Although taxation and engineering departments are
currently the primary users, a wide variety of city and county departments
are expected to participate. Ultimately it is intended that each depart-
ment will have the responsibility for updating and otherwise maintaining
those portions of the data files which pertain to their operations, which
is a much more decentralized approach to file maintenance than is commonly
seen.

Currently between 40 and 50 percent of the Salem metropolitan area
maps have been completed. When the entire metro area is covered the project
will move on to other urbanized areas in the county and to the county's
rural lands.

B. Data Included

The system is capable of including a wide variety of information which
can be associated with mapped land units (such as individual land parcels)
and reported either in a map format or as tabular summaries. Currently
only a limited portion of this capability is used, however, and it is
unlikely that much attention will be given to it until basic mapping

203

activities are completed. Table A-1 shows a selection of the variables
included in the file structure for each tax parcel. A wide variety of
additional information on other file components, such as roads, survey
points and boundaries, and public facilities is also part of the file
organization.

The tax maps, once prepared, are updated by monitoring administrative
records showing tax lot, boundary, and other changes. A cooperative
administrative system among city and county departments has been developed
for purposes of processing this information.

The system is maintained in an up-to-date state, with changes entered
on the map base on an on-going basis. No maps or tabular summaries are
generated and saved for particular time points other than for backup data-
set security purposes, although they could be if desired.

C. Means of Data Storage

The entire GLADS system is based on a CAIMAgraphic system purchased on
a turnkey basis. The system includes a computer and disk storage devices,
as well as the digitizing tables, monitors and keyboards, and other devices
necessary to input data and produce the desired maps and other output.
The procedures by which data is entered, stored and accessed is determined
by the system's software packages, and is oriented towards map preparation
and production.

D. Data Access for Monitoring Purposes

Specific means by which the GLADS system can be utilized for monitor-
ing purposes are difficult to discuss with any specificity because of the
limited system development to date and the emphasis on tax map preparation.
At present the system can easily produce parcel and other maps and describe
at least limited parcel characteristics, depending on the parcel information
which has been entered. The ability to sort parcels other than on map
geography is not developed, however, limiting the usefulness of the system
for preparing inventories and other related products.

The system's lack of historical structure is also a serious drawback
for monitoring applications, although a series of "snapshot" summaries as
time goes on can be prepared and saved which would allow for monitoring-
related data comparisons. As with the LCOG system these comparisons would
be made between summaries representing identifiable time points. Whether
the GLADS system would allow such comparisons to be made as a computer
application is not ascertained. Finally, components of change information
is not available on this system, although it could be gathered from the
stream of administrative records involved.

E. Primary Advantages for Monitoring Purposes

This system has considerable potential as a monitoring data base,
although little has been developed to date. It can include a wide variety

204

TABLE A-1

GLADS Primary Parcel Data File Contents

(PARCENT file)

TAX COLLECTORS NUMBER SALE REJECT CODE
RESERVE NO 2 YEAR CONSTRUCTED
SPECIAL INTEREST EFF. YEAR CONSTRUCTED
SEE PARCEL SUPLEMENT BUILDING SQUARE FEET
ASSESSOR MAP NUMBER CONSTRUCTION CODE
PARCEL NUMBER AC
STREET ADDRESS (SITUS) LAND USE CODE CD
HOUSE SUFFIX LAND USE DESIGNATOR CD
STREET NAME COMP PLAN DESIGNATOR CD
STREET TYPE RESERVED
DIRECTION PREFIX
DIRECTION SUFFIX
APARTMENT NUMBER
LAST 3 ZIP CODE NUMBERS TAXLOT NUMBER
SUBDIVISION NAME ZONIN6 NUMBER I
BLOCK NUMBER ZONING NUMBER 2
LOT NUMBER ZONING NUMBER 3
LOT SIZE IN ACRES ONLY 70NING NUMBER 4
BUTLDING-STAT CLASS VARIANCE I.D.
LAND VALUE ADJUSTMENT ID
YEAR LAND APPRAISED CONDITIONAL USE I.D.
IMPROVEMENT VALUE CONDITIONAL USE
TOTAL VALUE ZONE CHANGE
YEAR IMPROVEMENTS APPR. CHANGE FROM
APPRAISED BY NUMBER CHANGE TO
PERCENT GOOD CONDITIONAL ZONE CHANGE
CONDITION CHANGE FROM
APPRAISAL SUBZONE CHANGE TO
PRIMARY ZONING SUB. TO APPR, OF SITE PLAN
MULTTPLE ZONING CHANGE FROM
PRIMARY SCHOOL DISTRICT CHANGE TO
MULTIPLE SCHOOL DIST. SCHOOL DIST, I
CITY CODE SCHOOL DIST. 2
PRIMARY FIRE DISTRICT SCHOOL DIST. 3
MULTIPLE FIRE DIST. SCHOOL DIST. 4
PRIMARY SEWER WATER DIST. FIRE DIST. 1
MULTIPLE SEWER WATER DIST FIRE DIST. 2
SPECIAL TAX DISTRICTS FIRE DIST.. 3
PROPERTY CLASS FIRE DIST. 4
PRIMARY DEED VOLUME SEWER / WATER DIST. 1
DEED PAGE SEWER /WATER DIST, 2
SELLING PRICE CODE SPECIAL DISTRICTS
DATE OF SALE RESERVED

205

of useful parcel and boundary information which can be summarized in map
and tabular form and compared between time points if a historical record is
maintained.

F. Primary Disadvantages for Monitoring Purposes

The system's specialization for tax map preparation, both in structure
and in data inclusion priorities, limits its monitoring applications, at
least until additional data is included and further software development is
completed. It is unlikely that this augmentation will take place until the
primary tax map preparation process is completed, which may be some time in
the future. The ultimate applicability of the system for monitoring
purposes, in particular its flexibility and ease of use for this type of
analysis, is untested to date.

Lake Oswego Planning Map System

A. Overview

The planning data system developed by Lake Oswego is used by a variety
of city departments and others within the community and has good monitoring
capability. It is a manual, map-based system which is adapted to a rela-
tively small community with limited resources but including the necessary
cartographic staff capability. The system consists of base maps at 1:200
scale for the entire community, prepared from 1:100 assessor maps, on which
a variety of land and facilities data are overlaid. Maps are periodically
updated using administrative records from planning and other city depart-
ments. A selection of maps are assembled as a city atlas, including an
overall 1:800 map of the entire city, and made available for sale. Other
map copies at 1:400 scale are used for certain public facilities and other
agency use.

B. Data Included

The base and overlay maps show individual land parcels and a variety
of other information as listed in Table A-2. For reporting purposes a
number of overlays can be placed together for duplication.

The base map and each overlay were prepared using the available data
sources, and field checked as necessary. Care was taken to record the data
on the overlays in as standardized a manner as possible.

The base map and overlays are updated periodically from building
permit and other records which are collected and made available by various
city departments. The small size of the jurisdiction and the level of
cooperation facilitate this process. Updating is done on the original
mylar map copy; only a blueprint of the base map is kept.

No tabular data is maintained as part of the system; any tabular sum-
maries desired are prepared manually by measuring and recording from the

206

TABLE A-2

Lake Oswego City Atlas Map Contents

1. Base and lots with streets, apartments, condominiums, plexes

2. Addresses

3. Firehydrants, schools, churches, major freeway interchanges and mile-
posts, buildings, golf courses, streams, lakes, reservoirs, swimming
pools, lake easements, and bridges

4. Storm sewers

5. Topography
6. City Limits

7. Streets - City and County jurisdiction

8. Natural hazard areas

9. Hydrologic features - basins
10. Sanitary sewers and pumps

11. Water lines

12. Existing land use
13. Zoning
14. Comprehensive Plan
15. Previous zoning actions

16. Water meters

17. City-owned land
18. Utility easements

19. Soil Classifications

20. Slope Percentages
21. Existing Vegetation
22. Transit routes and stops
23. Police protection boundaries

24. Subdivision boundaries

25. Location of Pressure regulators
26. Neighborhood Association boundaries
27, Parking

28. LID's

29. Census tracts

207

base and overlay maps. Certain city departments, including the police and
fire departments, overlay a grid on the base map which is used for maintain-
ing and reporting the information they need. The grid systems are not
standardized across all departments.

C. Data Storage

The form of the system determines the data storage format, namely
units recorded on maps. A separate parcel listing is under preparation,
consisting of a card file which is manually prepared and accessed. The
contents of the file on each parcel are shown in Table A-3, which is a copy
of the two-sided card used for this purpose. The information on these
cards will form the base of a computerized parcel information system at
some point when the necessary resources become available.

D. Access for Monitoring Purposes

The system serves very well for displaying the state of the community
at a point in time. Access involves using the maps directly, or summarizing
the needed information in tabular format by recording and aggregating
mapped information in the desired manner. For relatively simple summaries,
this approach is not very time consuming.

Analyzing net changes between designated time periods is more complex,
but can be done if copies of the base map and overlays are maintained so
comparisons can be made. This process involves either preparing tabular
summaries at each time point and then comparing between time points, or
preparing a map illustrating the changes of interest and then preparing a
tabular summary of this map. This procedure could be quite time consuming
if a number of comparisons are needed.

Components of change are not recorded directly on the plan maps,
although they are used for map updating. If this information is maintained
in some manner, either as raw data files of permit forms and other records
or as a summary file of some type, then components of change summaries
could be prepared as desired. Since an administrative system has been
developed to collect and use this permit and other information as part of
map updating, this information should be very accessible. Both tabular and
mapped summaries of the desired information could be prepared, with the
latter making use of the available base maps.

E. Primary Advantages for Monitoring Purposes

The strength of the system lies in the systematic collection, mainte-
nance and reporting of planning data. The state of the community, and to a
limited extent the changes which have occurred, can be seen easily. The
base data for tabular summaries is readily available, in particular for
describing the state of the system and the components of changes for a
chosen time period.

208

TABLE A-3

Lake Oswego Address File Contents

TAX SECTION TAX LOT SITUS ADDRESS

SUBDIVISION LOT BLOCK PLAT MAP

ATLAS PAGE SET-BACKS ACREAGE

SEWER MAP WATER MAP STORM SEWER MAP

LAND USE PRESENT COMP. PLAN ZONING

WIDTH OF PAVEMENT WIDTH OF RIGHT-OF-WAY

SIDEWALK EASEMENTS

HEARING BODY FILE PS

LID DISTRICT TYPE ASSESSMENT HOW PAID

OWNER PHONE NUMBER

OCCUPANT PHONE NUMBER

PERMIT NUMBERS BUSINESS LICENSE NUMBER

AGE OF BUILDING NO. OF STORIES BASEMENT NO, OF BUILDINGS

SERVICE - PROVIDER AVAILABLE CONNECTED DEFFERED

WATER

SEWER

STORM

209

F. Primary Disadvantages for Monitoring Purposes

Because the data is map-based the preparation of tabular summaries is
time consuming, particularly if summaries of change over time are required.
Unless summaries of the administrative records used for map updating are
maintained any summaries prepared from these also require considerable
effort to produce.

Lane Council of Governments (LCOG)__Regional Information System

A. Overview

This is the most comprehensive and sophisticated planning data system
in the state, and is one of the most highly developed in the U.S. It is
developed from assessor's data--parcel tax records and tax maps--but
includes a wide variety of additional data which have been added from other
sources. All areas of the county are covered by at least basic parcel tax
data; parcels in the Eugene/Springfield metropolitan area and the other
smaller communities in the county are covered in the greatest detail. The
system's files are maintained on disk storage and are accessed by the LCOG
computer. The various files are used by many city and county departments,
as well as by users in the community, and are a primary source of planning
data throughout the county. The system includes on-line access through a
network of terminals, although most complex planning analysis utilizes
batch output from a high speed printer.

B. Data Included

The system consists of seven primary files, plus other more specialized
files, and the software necessary for data entry, editing, analysis and
reporting. All land parcel boundaries are recorded and associated with
individual parcel data, allowing plotting of parcel boundaries in conjunc-
tion with individual parcel information such as zoning, land use or
assessed values.

The content, source and primary use of each of the seven files are
summarized in Table A-4. The first four files--the Assessor's, Parcel,
Boundary and Address files--constitute the primary sources of information
within the system. Each is derived from tax assessor, boundary or other
data by accessing and editing available files, digitizing available maps,
or conducting field checks and other forms of original data collection.
Verification is done as necessary to assure that the data entered is as
accurate as possible.

Files are updated annually so as to maintain a data system which is
accurate at the end of each year. Typically this update is completed
approximately nine months to a year after the reference date. A comprehen-
sive system of collecting and analyzing administrative records has been
developed as part of this updating process. Essentially any action which
affects parcel characteristics is monitored and fed into the updating
procedure. Given the size and complexity of the county and the municipali-
ties it contains this requires considerable coordination.

210

TABLE A-4

LCOG Data System File Structure

File 'Example of Content Source Primary Use

Assessors Parcel list including tax Assessment and Primary source
codes, tax lot number, Taxation Department of parcel des-
owner name and address, criptive infor-
assessed values, etc. mation

Parcel Tax lot number, land use Digitized from tax Primary source
code, number of units, maps, with addition- of boundary co-
site coordinates, area al data added. Area ordinates and
and centroids, etc. and centroid calcu- parcel cen-
lated. Matched and troids
checked against as-
sessor's file.

Boundary Coordinates of area boun- Digitized from ap- For locating par-
daries useful for report- propriate boundary cels within boun-
ing and analysis, eg., maps daries and assign-
census tracts, zoning and ing location codes,
plan districts, school using point-in-
districts. polygon software.

Address Site address, map and lot Derived from parcel On-line address
number, land use, census file information; as-
tract, address coordi- signing coordi-
nates, etc. nates to parcel
addresses in
other files.

CAPTAPE Summary geographic infor- Derived from con- Primary source for
mation. Includes contents stituent source parcel analysis;
of parcel file, assessor files can be accessed
file and boundary files, using standard
less coordinates. Con- analysis software.
tents listed in Table A-5

VARREF CAPTAPE contents plus Constituent files Plotting source
parcel coordinates file

Superfile CAPTAPE contents plus Constituent files Matching parcel
address file plus owners information to
name and address address lists

The three files at the end of Table A-4 are summary files derived from
the preceding source files. These are used for most planning analysis
purposes. Each is designed for efficient use for specific purposes; most
planning analysis makes use of the CAPTAPE file for parcel analysis and the
VARREF file when plots are desired. CAPTAPE contents are shown in
Table A-5.

C. Data Storage

Primary storage is as parcel records, with coordinates of boundaries
and centroids of parcels and other map units included which allow producing
a wide variety of plots. Disk storage is used for most data, although tape
storage was used for the larger files in the past.

A variety of plots are prepared on a periodic basis for counter and
other reference use. Summary parcel reports are also prepared and main-
tained which include data commonly needed for various planning purposes.

D. Access for Monitoring Purposes

The system is highly accessible, and the flexibility of use allows
nearly any data application. Since the system is based on a parcel file
it consists of a "snapshot" of the county at a certain time point, and
hence is extremely valuable for purposes of describing existing conditions,
preparing parcel inventories, or conducting other planning analysis which
does not depend on measuring change over time.

Analyzing net changes between designated time points involves comparing
files from the two time points. This is relatively simple if the necessary
data at each time point can be summarized from the respective data files,
and then the two summaries compared as desired. This form of analysis is
commonly conducted by LCOG and other system users. Standardized files are
maintained back to 1976, and files can be edited to achieve boundary and
other compatibility, if desired. As long as files are maintained which
represent past time points this procedure can be used relatively easily.

The data system itself does not allow easy analysis of the components
of change. Although the administrative records and other data are
methodically collected and used for file updating, this is a more or less
continuous process which does not involve preparing a comprehensive summary
of change components. Where these components are analyzed by a city
department--for example by the Eugene Planning Department when preparing
their quarterly developable residential lands summaries--the necessary
administrative records are accessed and analyzed directly, although the
results of this process can be checked against the current parcel file
content. If a summary file of change components information were maintained
as part of the updating process a very thorough monitoring analysis would
be possible, at least of those data items included in the system.

212

TABLE A-5

Lane Council of Government Planning Data System

(CAPTAPE contents)

MAP TAXLOT
RECORD TYPE
LAND-USE
USE-CODE
UNITS
FLOOR
ACREAGE
STREET
VALUE
TAX CODE
TAX CODE SPLIT
SCHOOL DISTRICT
PROPERTY CLASS
STATISTICAL CLASS
OWNER
OWNER OCCUPIED
PARTIALLY OWNER OCCUPIED
YEAR BUILT
PLAN USE 2000
CITY
YEAR ANNEXED
ZONING
SCHOOL ATTENDANCE AREAS
NEIGHBORHOOD GROUP
PARK DISTRICT
WATER DISTRICT
FIRE DISTRICT
SOIL TYPE
SOIL CATEGORIES
FLOOD PLAIN
GREENWAY
1980 CENSUS TRACT
URBAN GROWTH BOUNDARY 2000
OLD MAPLOT
1980 TRANSPORTATION ZONE
1980 BLOCK GROUP AND ENUMERATION DISTRICT
NUMBER OF STATISTICAL CLASSES
YEARS BUILT
REGION
COORDINATES

213

E. Primary Advantages for Monitoring Purposes

The comprehensiveness of the system, and the thoroughness with which
data is collected and included as part of the updating process, make this
system a highly valuable source of monitoring information. The ability to
specifically select parcels in designated areas, such as within the urban
growth boundary but outside city limits, or within designated neighborhood
areas, which can then be analyzed for land use, density, parcel size,
housing density, or other characteristics, is particularly valuable, more
so if this analysis is conducted for different time points and the results
compared as a means of measuring net changes. Few systems anywhere have
this much capability.

The wide variety of geocoding options is important to the system's
flexibility. Traditional township/range/section and map and tax lot
identification is possible, as well as census tract, political and adminis-
trative boundaries, state plane coordinates, and geographic boundaries such
as floodplains and agricultural and resource land districts. This
capability allows the user to select nearly any combination of parcels
desired which can then be analyzed as necessary.

F. Primary Disadvantages for Monitoring Purposes

The lack of change components information is a disadvantage from a
monitoring perspective, although the administrative system developed for
updating purposes makes this data available if further applications are
desired. In addition the system does not include all information necessary
for certain important monitoring data--local economic data in particular--
but these data are available from other sources.

The costs of the system, both for initial development and maintenance,
are considerable and beyond the current means of most jurisdictions.
System development required many years of effort and expenditure of local
funds, plus limited federal support during the early development stages.

215

APPENDIX 8
AN EVALUATION OF THE POTENTIAL USE OF REAL PROPERTY RECORDS FOR
COMMUNITY PLANNING PURPOSES

Introduction

The collection, editing and updating of data for comprehensive plan
monitoring may prove to be time consuming and expensive for many local
planning agencies. A relatively simple and inexpensive means of utilizing
existing automated administrative records for planning purposes would be
very beneficial for monitoring, as well as for other planning applications.
The county assessors' files have frequently been suggested as a potential
source for some of the information needed for plan monitoring, but research
to determine methods for utilizing these files for planning purposes has
been limited.

As part of the development of a comprehensive plan monitoring system,
a specific study was conducted to determine the feasibility of using Oregon
county assessors' real property files as data sources for continuing planning
and plan monitoring.

Study bjectives

The development and maintenance of real property records in Oregon is
the responsibility of the county assessor of each county. While the form
and content of these records varies from county to county, all counties are
required by statute and by State Department of Revenue administrative rules
to follow certain specific procedures in maintaining real property files.
Some of these procedures define data items to be included and coding
systems that must be used. Additional procedures and coding systems are
approved and recommended but are not required.

Since the primary use of the real property files is for the assessment
of property values, the content and coding of the files are designed
primarily to accommodate that use, and critical problems arise if attempts
are made to summarize data directly from these records for land planning
purposes. However, it has been hypothesized that with some recoding and
assignment the assessors' data could be used as a data base for planning
analysis and monitoring.

The primary objectives of this study are:

216

1. To develop a system for reclassification and assignment of
selected variables common to all or most county real property
files to generate a data base that can be used for various
planning purposes, including comprehensive plan monitoring.

2. To establish probable ranges of accuracy that could be
expected from summaries of different types of data included
in the generated data base.

Study Design

It was assumed that as a minimum the use of the proposed system should
make it possible to produce summary tabulations of:

1. Total acres by general land use category.
2. Total number of housing units by type.
3. Average value of housing units by type.
4. Annual change in acres by general land use cate gory.
5. Annual change in number of housing units by type.

The system should provide capabilities for producing summaries of these data
by at least incorporated areas, unincorporated areas inside the urban growth
boundary, and unincorporated areas outside of the urban growth boundary. In
addition, it would be highly desirable to be able to cross-classify the
above data by zoning category and to summarize the information by smaller
geographic subdivision of the areas.

The development of a system for the conversion of real property codes
to meaningful planning classifications began by selecting spPcific variables
contained in property records. Nine variables were selected as having the
highest probability of producing the types of data necessary. These
variables were: 1) tax lot number, 2) property class, 3) tax code area,
4) acreage, 5) true land value, 6) 'true improvements value, 7) tax exempt
status, 8) statistical or building class, 9) year structure built. Various
code conversions could then be applied to a data file containing only these
selected variables to create new variables with codes and values appropriate
for planning use directly.

In order to establish relative accuracies of summaries derived from
the property files, it was necessary to compare quantitative results using
the proposed system with the same summaries from a separately developed data
base having proven high accuracy. The Lane County Regional Information
System is the most sophisticated and accurate continuing land use planning
data system in the state and contains the types of data needed to make the
desired comparisons so Lane County was selected for the tests and comparisons
performed in the study.

In view of the large number of real property records in Lane County
(over 110,000) it was decided to select specific geographic areas within the
county that represented different types of development for use in the study.

217

Specific steps followed in the conduct of the study were:

1. Selection of variables for defined test areas from the Lane
County Assessor's real property file. Generate a new file.

2. Selection of records from the Lane County Regional Information
System for the same defined test areas.

3. Development of a recoding and assignment system to generate
new planning variables and codes from property record
variables.

4. Assign new codes to assessor's variables and summarize accord-
ing to various areal and classification specifications.

5. Simmarize Regional Information System records by the same data
types for the same areas and sub-areas.

6. Quantify and compare the differences in the data from the two
sources.

Study Data

Assessors' Real Property File

The assessor of each county in Oregon is required by statute to
maintain an assessment roll of all taxable property in the county. In Lane
County the real property file also includes tax exempt properties, but does
not include street rights-of-way. Each assessor is also required to
maintain a set of maps of the county indicating the boundaries and
description (e.g., tax lot number or account number) of every ownership
parcel.

Many data items are included in these real property files but only
nine, which are common to most counties, were selected for use in this study.

1. Tax Lot Number. Some unique identifying description must be
attached to every real property record. While various systems are
permitted, a tax lot numbering system recommended by the Department
of Revenue is used by all but four counties in Oregon, and two of
those four are currently converting to the recommended system.
This system consists of an eight digit map number indicating the
township, range, section and if needed the quarter-section and
sixteenth-section where the parcel is located. The number corre-
sponds to a map in the assessor's set of maps on which the
boundaries of the parcel are drawn.

For all counties using this system all parcel records are auto-
matically coded to geographic subareas no larger than a section.
In cities they are normally geocoded to sixteenth-sections (40
acres), parcels in suburban areas are usually identified within
quarter-sections (160 acres) and rural areas are coded by section.

218

Using data records which include this geographic sub-area coding
provides substantial potentials for the identification and quanti-
fication of patterns of uses within a community. A possible
limitation is that ownership parcels are not necessarily co-
terminus with section or sub-section boundaries and the map number
assigned in the tax lot number only indicates the location of a
major portion of the parcel. However, this consideration is not
likely to be a significant limitation in built up areas.

2. Property Class. A property class designation is required to
be included in the assessment roll, and the codes to be used are
prescribed by Department of Revenue administrative rule. The
purpose of this designation is to indicate what the assessor
considers to be the "highest and best use" of the property. Since
it does not necessarily represent current use it cannot be used
directly as a land use code for planning analysis purposes.

The code prescribed is a three digit number, the first and
last of which are defined by the Department of Revenue. The first
digit represents the assessor's judgment of the highest and best
use: 1 = residential, 2 = commercial, 3 = industrial, 4 = tract
(other than farm, range or timber production), 5 = farm or range,
6 = forest, 7 = multiple housing (5 units or more), 8 = recreation
(recreation homesites). For all but farm and forest classes the
third digit of the code indicates whether the property is improved
or unimproved. For farm class the third digit indicates the farm
use tax deferred status: 1 = not tax deferred, 2 = all or part
farm use tax deferred within an exclusive farm-use zone, 3 = all
or part farm use tax deferred but not within an exclusive farm-use
zone. For forest class the third digit indicates if part of the
parcel is assessed at other than forest land value.

The use of the second digit of the code is optional, but the
Department of Revenue has approved a coding system to be used to
indicate if the parcel is urbari, suburban, rural, has ocean front-
age, has river frontage or lake frontage, and if farm class whether
the parcel has a commercial orchard or is irrigated.

3. Tax Code Area. The assessor is required to establish a system
of code areas, identified by code numbers, which represents all the
various combinations of taxing agencies in each county as of June 30
of each year. Each parcel record includes this code, which makes it
possible to aggregate data records specifically to any taxing
district--e.g., city, school district, sewer district, etc. If an
ownership parcel is split by a tax district boundary, two records
may be created having the same tax lot number but with different
tax code area designations.

4. Acres. The number of acres is required to be associated with
an ownership parcel unless it is subdivided into blocks and lots.
Acres of platted lots are not normally included in assessment rolls.

219

5. & 6. True Cash Value. Estimates of the true cash value of the
land and the true cash value of improvements (all structures) must
be included in each parcel record.

7. Tax Exempt Status. Each county assessor must submit to the
Department of Revenue an annual summary of the true cash value of
specially assessed and tax exempt real property. Therefore their
records must contain some file or indication of parcels having tax
exempt status. The Lane County assessor includes all tax exempt
properties, including a tax exempt status code, in the real property
file.

8. Statistical or Building Class. This code is not required, but
the Department of Revenue has approved a coding system to describe
specific types of buildings or improvements. If the approved codes
are used this code can be used to identify single family units,
duplexes, 3-6 unit apartments, commercial buildings, special purpose
buildings, industrial buildings, and types of tax exempt properties.
In Lane County if there are multiple uses on a parcel, two or more
records may be created having the same tax lot number, the same
acreage, different statistical classes and an improvement number in
a separate field of data. A review of all county ratio studies
(required annually of each county assessor to establish ratios
between assessed values and true cash values) filed with the Depart-
ment of Revenue for 1981 indicates that a majority of counties use
the recommended coding, at least for residential properties.

9. Year Structure Built. The age of a structure is not a required
data item for the assessment roll. However, it is a valuable
component for use by assessors in completing required property tax
ratio studies. The ratio studies for 1981 indicate that most
counties include the age of structure, especially for residences.
This is a convenient but not essential variable for monitoring
annual changes in the use of property.

Lane County Regional Information System

The data set of the Lane County Regional Information System (RIS)
which contains land use and zoning data is maintained and updated annually
by the Lane Council of Governments. These data have been in use for over
ten years and the procedures that have been developed and refined to capture
and edit the data make it a very flexible and accurate planning data base.
The variables selected from these records for use in this study were:

1. Record Type. The file contains three different types of
records as indicated by a one digit number--a record for every
ownership parcel on which there are multiple land uses, a separate
record for each of the uses of the multiple use parcel, and a
record for which the boundaries of the ownership and land use are
the same.

2. Tax Lot Number. Included in all records. Matches the tax lot
number contained in the assessor's real property file.

220

3. Land Use Code. A four digit numeric code describing the land
use of each parcelor sub-parcel. The coding system is based on
the Housing and Home Finance Agency/Bureau of Public Roads
"Standard Land Use Coding Manual," January, 1965. The land use
code has been determined from field observation and from building
permits. The code is included only in the second and third types
of records described above.

4. Housing Units. The number of housing units, as determined
from field observation and building permits, is included in all
three types of records.

5. Acres. The boundaries of all ownership and/or parcels have
been digitized (positions on a map translated mechanically into
machine readable numeric coordinate values) from the assessor's
maps, converted to universal state plane coordinates and the area
calculated using the coordinate values. The resulting acreage is
included in all three types of records.

6. Zoning. The zoning category is included in all records. The
specific alphanumeric codes vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction,
but aggregate general classes can be defined that are comparable.

Study Areas

Five separate areas in Lane County, each representing a different type
of development, were defined for selection of data for this study. Street
rights-of-way and water area are not included in the real property records.

The River Road test area (six sections) is a suburban district north
of Eugene. It is entirely unincorporated and is divided by the urban growth
boundary. Uses of land in this area are principally residential,
undeveloped and agricultural.

The North Springfield test area (four sections) is partly within the
corporate limits of Springfield and partly unincorporated. It is also
divided by the urban growth boundary. There is a mixture of all types of
uses within the boundary of this study area.

The South Willamette test area (four sections) is a densely built up
district entirely inside the city limits of Eugene. The development in
this area is primarily high and medium density residential, commercial and
public uses.

The Crow test area (five sections) is rural agricultural land entirely
outside of the urban growth boundary of the Eugene-Springfield area.

The Cottage Grove test area (parts of six sections) includes all
property inside the city limits of Cottage Grove (1982 population 7,190).

-The number and types of county assessor's property maps used to
describe the location of the parcels in these areas is indicated in Table
B-1.

221

TABLE B-1

Number of Maps by Type by Study Area

River North South Cottage
Type of Map Road Springfield Willamette Crow Grove

Section 6 3 0 5 2

Quarter-Section 8 2 0 0 2

Sixteenth-Section 11 36 61 0 40

Total 25 41 61 5 44

Methods and Procedures

Both the Lane County real property file and the Regional Information
System data bases are fully automated and all data manipulations for this
study were done using automated techniques. Specific computer programs
were written to perform the special data handling operations needed to
accomplish the study objectives.

Data Preparation

Based on the township, range and section designations in tax lot
numbers, records of properties within the five defined test areas were
selected from both the assessor's real property file and the Regional
Information System file. A new data file of 17,423 records was created,
each record containing only the desired variables from the real property
file. A total of 18,409 records were selected from the RIS file and written
to a separate data set. Of these, 15,988 were records whose type indicated
that the boundaries of ownership and land use were the same, 648 were owner-
ship records for parcels having multiple land uses, and 1,733 were records
of sub-parcels which were split because of multiple uses.

The data of the RIS file was January 1981 and the data of the
assessorls file was January 1982. In order to make the two comparable the
selected data sets were matched on tax lot numbers and single records
containing data from both the RIS and assessor's records were written for
matched parcels. This resulting data base was used for the re-coding and
assignment process. A total of 1,417 records were deleted from the

222

assessorls file and 1,772 were deleted from the RIS file because of no
matching tax lot numbers. Examination of these deleted records indicated
that most of the mismatches were a result of the difference in effective
dates of the two data sources. In the period between the two dates the
assessor had added more detailed maps for some areas and this added a
quarter-section or sixteenth-section designation and a new lot number to
the tax lot number. The tax lot numbers, but not the boundaries, were
changed in most cases.

Parameter Assignments

Two components essential to the generation of a land use planning data
base were not contained in the assessor's data: a code indicating whether
a parcel was inside or outside the urban growth boundary, and the area of
platted parcels. A technique was designed to permit local planners to
provide assumed or average values to be used for these variables on a map
by map basis in the re-coding and assignment process. For the study,
visual analysis of subdivision lot boundaries and the distribution of lot
sizes provided the basis for estimating and averaging platted lot sizes for
each tax map. Separate assumptions were made for each of the 176 maps
included in the study areas. Specifically, a separate parameter record was
created for each map indicating what average area should be assigned during
the re-coding and assignment projects to platted lots in that map and
whether the entire map area should be considered to be inside or outside of
the urban growth boundary. The re-coding and assignment program read these
parameter records and created the essential missing variables for each
record on the basis of the assumed values.

Re-Coding and Assignment

The generation of a planning data base for the study areas was
essentially an iterative process. Initial assumptions were made regarding
the land use categories that the parcels were to be assigned to, the
sequence of assignments of land use and housing codes, and specific code
conversion combinations from assessor's codes to land use codes. A program
was written to assign land use codes, housing units, acres (when not
included as a real property variable) and urban growth boundary designation
to each record on the basis of the selected variable values and the assumed
values from the parameter records. The detailed land use codes in the RIS
records were also converted to the same generalized land use coding system.

The resulting values were summarized, analyzedand modifications and
refinements to the re-coding combinations were programmed and run. This
process was repeated several times until what appears to be an optimum
re-coding system was developed.

The final coding system provided thirteen general land use classifica-
tions: single family residential, two family residential, apartments,
mobile home parks, recreation homesites, commercial and service, industrial
and warehousing, education, religious and charitable, other private non-
profit uses, government (four sub categories), undeveloped (including
agriculture and forest) and other.

223

The sequence of steps and the final code conversions and procedures
used in the re-coding and assignment process for each real property record
are described below. An "V in one of the assessor's codes indicates that
any single digit numeric value is acceptable in that position. Conversions
based on statistical class codes assume the coding system recommended by
the Department of Revenue. Different codes adopted and used by various
county assessors for comparable types of structures may be substituted for
conversions in any specific county.

Each real property record was processed according to the following
steps:

1. Assign urban growth boundary designation to record on the
basis of parameter provided for each map--e.g., "I" = inside
urban growth boundary, "0" = outside urban growth boundary.

2. If acreage value is blank assign area from parameter provided
for each map.

3. If stat class = "81V or other comparable exempt code, assign
to "Goverrment--County owned."

4. If stat class = "82V or other comparable exempt code, assign
to "Goverrment--State owned."

5. If stat class = "83V or other comparable exempt code, assign
to "Goverrment--Federal Owned."

6. If stat class = "84V or other comparable exempt code, assign
to "Government--Other Ownership."

7. If stat class = "85V or "86V or other comparable exempt
codes, assign to "Religious and Charitable."

8. If stat class = "87V or other comparable exempt code, assign
to "Education."

9. If stat class = "88V or other comparable exempt code, assign
to "Other Private Non-Profit."

10. If property class = "M," assign to "Undeveloped." Also
assume one farm homestead, create new record having one acre
if parcel is greater than two acres or half the parcel size if
it is less than two acres. Add one housing unit to new parcel
and classify as "Single Family Residential." Subtract new
parcel acreage from original.

11. If the property class = "6XX," then assign to "Undeveloped."
If the first digit of the stat class is greater than "0" then
create a new record having one acre if the area of the parcel
is greater than two acres or half the parcel area if it is
less than two acres. Assign land use code to the new parcel

224

on the basis of stat class code conversions described in
steps 15-20. Subtract acreage of new parcel from original.

12. If the property class = "4XX" assign to "Undeveloped." If
the first digit of the stat class is greater than "0" then
create a new record and code as described in step 11.

13. If the property class = "8XV or "8Xl" assign to "Recreation
Homesites." Also if the first digit of the stat class is
'T' assign one housing unit. If the first digit of the stat
class is "2" assign the number of housing units indicated in
the third digit of the stat class.

14. If the property class = "XXO" or "OXX" or the first digit of
the stat class is "0" then assign to "Undeveloped."

15. If the stat class = "lXX" then assign to "Single Family
Residential" and assign one housing unit.

16. If the stat class "2XV and the third digit is "2" then
assign to "Two Family Residential" and assign two housing
units. If-the third digit is greater than "2" then assign
to "Apartments."

17. If the stat class = "3XV then assign to "Undeveloped."

18. If the property class = "7Xl" or the stat class = "42V then
assign to "Apartments."

19. If the stat class = "40V then assign to "Mobile Home Park."

20. If the stat class = "4XV or "5XX" or "6XV except for
"42V or "40X" or if the property class = "2Xl" then assign
to "Commercial and Service."

21. If the property class = "M" or the stat class = "7XV then
assign to "Industrial and Warehousing."

22. If the record has not been coded to any land use classifica-
tion by steps 3 through 21 then assign to "Other.

An attempt was made to classify agricultural and forest uses separately
from undeveloped land, but no satisfactory code conversions could be
developed. Differences in definitions and difficulties of classifying
these uses from visual inspection seem to be the principal contributing
factors hindering the separation of these uses in the tax files. For
assessment purposes "farm use" must be identified to qualify land for farm
tax deferral and several criteria may be used, including gross sales. The
agricultural land use classifications in the RIS file was determined from
visual inspection initially and no systematic continuing procedures for
updating these classifications has been established. The difficulties of
classifying agricultural uses from visual inspection is apparent because of

225

the variations in visible evidence of use from season to season and from
year to year. Similarly the definition of what constitutes forest use is
neither clearly defined nor uniform between the assessor's applications and
the RIS visual determinations.

An additional major coding problem involved the use of "government" as
a use classification. This is basically an ownership rather than a use
classification. Parks, government buildings, maintenance shops, etc. were
all assigned to this class. Interpretation and evaluation of data for this
class must be made with an understanding of its limitations.

Finally, no satisfactory coding scheme could be found to class 'ify group
quarters (rooming and boarding houses, dormitories, etc.), or utilities
(railroad rights-of-way, electric sub-stations, utility district properties,
electric transmission rights-of-way, etc.). Perhaps specific counties have
some combinations of codes that can be used to identify these uses or
further research may be needed to establish methods for including them in
the coding system. Most of these types of uses were coded by the conversion
program to "government" (because the Department of Revenue, not local
assessors, assesses utilities an exempt code was included in the record) or
to "undeveloped" (because they had a statistical class of "000").

The product of the recoding and assignment process was a data set of
real property records containing all of the input variables plus assigned
values for land use code, acres, number of housing units, and urban growth
boundary designations. A total of 15,219 parcels were processed, of which
138 were new parcels created by the parcel split procedure of the program.
Only 1,345 of the input parcel records contained acreage from the assessor's
records so 13,736 parcels had area added from the parameter assumptions.

Summary of Findings

Land Use

The summary of acres of land by land use category for each test area
is shown in Table B-2. The data were also summarized by section and by
sixteenth-section. There was little or no land in the mobile home park and
recreation homesite categories for the test areas so the acreage for these
uses was combined with the category "other" for this summary. Also, except
for the Cottage Grove test area, the amounts of land in the "commercial and
service" and "industrial and warehousing" may not be indicative of
proportions of these uses for larger jurisdictions.

In all but the Crow test area the differences between the assigned
acres and the RIS acres for "single family residential" use was less than
3 percent. In all but the Cottage Grove test area the differences in acres
in the "Undeveloped" category were less than 5 percent. These two uses
combined account for 65 percent or over of total acreage in each test area
(River Road - 92 percent, North Springfield 80 percent, South Willamette
68 percent, Crow - 97 percent, Cottage Grove 65 percent). Two family
uses account for another 1-4 percent of total area and the differences for
this use were less than 10 percent.

226

TABLE B-2

Summary and Comparison of Land Use Areas
Area in Acres by General Land Use Categories by Test Area

ASSIGNED R. 13
ACRES ACRES rL"J[kL DIFFERENCE DLFF2RENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------
1-IVFF FOAD

----------

1 FAMILY FESID. 426.76 423.27 1-1.137 -1.51 -0. 315
2 F 6.6.5 6.18 0.20 0.47 7..61
hPARTMENTS 0.00 O.JO J.00 0.00 J.00
cclmn. 6 SFFVICE 0.46 14.72 J. 148 -14.20" -96.87
T N D. -4-V44145, 3.36 12.2.3 0.40 -11.85 -72....36
EDUCATION 33.04 33.31 1.09 -0.27 -0.81
PIRLIG. 6 CHARITY 0.46 4.55 0. 15 -4.09 -89.89
C1-TH.--.-T-%E*FT-PRIV. O.JO U.00 0.00 O.Ou U.00
c,OVEFN14ENT 1 '74. 76 140.60 4.59 34. 16 24.30
TINDEVELOPPr 2425.,30 2 4 J 3 . 9 3 1 3.44 21.87 U.91
1
O.JO A. 1.02 0. E? -21.U2 -1UG.00
70TAL 3071.31 3064.31 100.00 48.58 1.59

tjOF74 SPRINGFIED

----------------

1 FAMIIY RESID. 693.32 675.36 40.11 17.45 2.58
FAMILY RESID- 61.12 61.20 3.63 -0.08 -0.13
A F TM EN.T S - 14e67 24.94 1.48 -1U.27 -41.18
9 SEFVICE 58.90 6 1 . 6 5 j. 67 -2.95 -4.77
T4% 9 WARIHS. 0.20 21.01 J.12 -1.81 -90.05
72. 09. .71.05 4.22 I.U4 1-46
17LIG. & CBARITY 6.79 11.47 0.68 -4.68 -40.80
:)Tfi. EXEMPT PEIV. 0.00 0.00 0.00 J.00 U.00
GOV Er%NMFN-T ---------- 86.90 55.78 3.31 31.12 55-79
'I'l D F V E 1OPE D 646.93 tj t, 5. 7 0 3-j.50 -19.77 -2.82
(-;7 F EF 0.30 55.32 3.28 -54.5') -9(3.55
T()TAL. 1641.71 1685.18 ljo.ou -42.18 -.2-5.0

,)(,,UTH VILLAnETIF

----------------

1 FAMILY RESID- 96b.Ub 1U04.28 1) 0. 15 -1(3.22 -1.81
"I FNMILY RESID. 67.14 -70.83 .3.96 -3.69 -5.21
APARTMENTS 78.19 49.0'4 2. '78 28.55 57.51
COMM. & SFEVICE 32.92 45.46 2.54 -12.54 -27.58
TND. 9 WAFEliS. O.UO U.35 0.02 -0. 35 -IJO.00
FoilchTION 75. 50 b4.16 3.59 11.34 17.67
F-7LIG. Z CEAFITY ----- -- 14.23 21-79 1.22 -7.56 -34.69
rTH. EXEMET PFIV. 0.00 21.69 1.21 --2 1. 69 -100.00
GrVEENMENT 215.88 154.14 8.62 61.74 40.05
(J'1T)FV'FL0PFD 228.7U 218.4.cj 12.22 10.22 4.68
r,'r H E R- -10.32 137.63 7.70 -127.31 -92.50
'T 07 A L 1708.94 1788.145 1jj.J0 -90.43 -5.06

227

TABLE B-2 (continued)

A S S IGN E 7) p E h C E N T
ACIIES A C R 3 1 1 h T. D I F F-'7 P E N C.-l' OLFFERENCI

------------------------------ ------------------------------------------

Crow .... ......

1 184.25 119.0 4 11.93 05.21
2 FAMILY FISID. 3.46 2.55 U.08 0.91 35.69
A.PAPT14ENTS O.JO O.UO 0.00 0.00 0.00
COMM. F,..S".VICE 0, 00. J.JO 0.00 U.00 "00.-
T'@D. F. WAREHS. J.JO 1.30 0.04 -1.30 -luo.00
FTINUCATION O.JO 0.00 Co. 0 0 0.00 0.00
7 -L I Gs. -&-"AR-1 TY 0.71-- - 0,20. - J.01 0.51 [email protected]
CTH. ETEMPT PFIV. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
!OVERNFENT 40.00 41.64 1.37 -1.64 -3.94
'I * 93.01 136.97 4.,36--
,; D rV ELOP 2956.13 2819.16
('T F I'
. . rl 0.10 47.04 1. 5S -47.U4 -100.00
3184.55 3030-93 100.00 -132.04 -4.36

CCTTAGE GBOVE

1 FAMTlY RESID. 496.65 49 3. J 3 46.07 3 6 21 U.73
21 FAMlLY---TAESID.-------. 14.L7 .13.J7 1.27 1.30 9-72.--
APAPTMENTS 35.25 21.63 2.05 13.62 62.97
COMM. & SEFTICE 96.73 115.90 li.97 -19.17 -16.54
11JD. r WARTHS. V3.68 21.66 2.05 -1.98 -9.14
r')UCATTON 50.33 55.79 5.28 -5.4b -9.79
"LTr 12. 32 1.42
.Z, . F, CHARITY 15.05 -3.03 -20.13
Olj H. EXEMPT -PPIV.- 0.00 J.JG J.00 U.OU a.-O 0-
(,,nvFPNMENT 84.98 aO.62 7.63 4.36 5.41
qNDEVELOPED 217.81 192.30 18.20 25.51 13.27
OT 11 FR 4. 83 47.33 4.45 -42.20 -89.73-
'T V T A T. 1032.95 1056.37 10J.00 -27.29 -2.58

228

In areas inside the urban growth boundary the differences for "single
family residential" use averaged 2-10 percent at the section level and
5-15 percent at the sixteenth-section level (3-10 acres difference out of
totals of 70-275 acres). Outside the urban growth boundary the differences
averaged 10-25 percent.

In areas outside the urban growth boundary the differences in
flundeveloped" acres averages less than 10 percent at both the section and
sixteenth-section levels. Inside the urban growth boundary the percent
differences for this use varied more widely--from 5-25 percent.

Other principal uses--government, education, commercial, industrial--
had greater percent differences but lesser acreage differences. The same
general increase in percent differences with increasing levels of geographic
detail were indicated for these uses as for the "single family residential"
and "undeveloped" categories.

Housing Units

The summary of single family units and duplexes by test areas is shown
in Table B-3. The number of apartment units could not be determined from
any variables in the assessor's records.

Except for the Crow area, where almost all of the units were assigned
on the basis of farm homesites, the differences between the assigned single
family units and theRIS units were less than 3.6 percent. The differences
for two family units ranged from 0 to 9 percent.

Unlike the land use acreages, very little change in these ratios was
indicated in summaries by section and sixteenth-section. The procedures
for assigning single family and two family units in urban and suburban study
areas produced results having a relatively high degree of accuracy.

urban Growth Boundary

Only two of the test areas included land both inside and outside of
the Eugene-Springfield urban growth boundary. For the River Road test area,
the technique of assigning all of specified maps either in or out of the
urban growth boundary resulted in a difference of approximately 140 acres
(4 percent) in the areas assigned inside and outside the boundary as
compared to the actual acreages from the RIS data. For the North Spring-
field area, the difference was 225 acres (12 percent).

However, these areas represent only a fraction of the maps for the
area that are split by the boundary, and the maps that are split are only
a fraction of the total maps for the area. The relative accuracy of the
technique should increase if all of the maps that are totally inside or
totally outside were included in the summary.

Zoning

A summary of RIS acres by general zoning category by the first digit
of assessors' property class was made to evaluate the feasibility of using

229

TABLE B-3

Summary and Comparison of Number of Housing Units
Type of Unit by Test Area

Test Are./ Assigned RIS Percent
Type of Unit Units Units Difference Difference

River Road
Single Family 1,135 1,177 -42 - 3.6
Two Family 50 50 0 0.0

North Springfield
Single Family 3,089 3,117 -28 - 0.9
Two Family 600 646 -46 - 7.1

South Willamette

Single Family 5,374 5,323 51 1.0
Two Family 744 818 -74 - 9.0

Crow

Single Family 50 76 -26 -r34.2
Two Family 2 4 - 2 -50.0

Cottage Grove
Single Family 2,004 2,007 - 3 - 0.1
Two Family 138 142 - 4 - 2.8

230

the property class as a surrogate for zoning. The results are shown in
Table B-4.

If the acreage in tract, forest and farm property classes are combined
in relatively undeveloped areas, and if the tract and residential classes
are combined.in developed areas, an approximation of areas zoned for
agriculture and residences might be made. Commercial property class and
commercial zones seem to have relatively good correlation. With the
exception of Cottage Grove, industrial zoning and industrial property class
are related. However, more extensive analyses of these relationships are
needed using larger areas with more variety of types and sizes of uses
before any definitive conclusions can be indicated.

Value of Housing

Since the number of housing units for single and two family housing
resulting from the assignment procedure is relatively accurate, the use of
these numbers in the calculation of an average value of housing for these
types of units by map # should be justified. These average values can be
computed by s-ing the true cash value of improvements by types contained
in the assessors' data, by map or maps, and dividing by the numbers of
assigned units by type by map or maps.

Measurement of Change

Using the techniques described for this study the measurement of
change, necessary for monitoring the comprehensive plan of a community, may
be accomplished in either of two ways, or a combination of both.

While the assessors' office in Lane County reappraises property
visually only periodically (apprxoimately every six years), the assessment
roll must be as accurate and as complete as possible as of January I of
each year. New construction during any year is included in the real
property file prior to January 1 and the year the structure was completed
is added to the record of the parcel. For counties that add the construc-
tion data to real property records (if only for residences) measures of
change may be developed annually by selecting and summarizing records from
the generated planning data base that have construction dates of the
preceding year.

If the date of construction is not included in the real property
records the differences in totals of acres of land uses and of housing
units between succeeding years can be used to measure change. To monitor
changes using this method it is necessary to establish aprocess for
periodically updating the generated data base.

Conclusions

This test indicates that the techniques and procedures developed and
applied in this study for the use of county assessors' real property files
for generating a planning analysis and monitoring system have sufficient
validity to justify further application and documentation.

TABLE B-4

Comparison of General Zoning Categories with Assessor Property Class (Area in Acres)

Assessor Property Class
Zone Residential Commercial Industrial Tract Farm Forest Apartment Total

River Road
Agriculture 263 0 0 1,106 987 0 0 2,357
Commercial 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Industrial 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 22
Residential 237 1 0 36 0 0 0 274
Total 500 1 22 1,142 987 0 0 2,653
North Springfield
Argiculture 132 0 0 305 119 0 0 557
Commercial 1 96 0 8 0 0 0 105
Industrial 0 0 21 0 0 0 0 21
Residential 759 5 0 55 0 0 12 830
Total 892 101 21 368 119 0 12 1,513

South Willamette
Commercial 0 39 0 0 0 0 1 40
Residential 1,271 6 0 141 0 0 95 1,512
Total 1,271 45 0 141 0 0 96 1,552

Crow
Agriculture 250 0 0 2,658 0 282 0 3,190
Total 250 0 0 2,658 0 282 0 3.190

Cottage Grove
Agriculture 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Commercial 4 107 2 0 0 0 0 112
Industrial 4 4 55 0 0 0 16 80
Residential 662 14 1 141 0 0 17 835
Total 670 125 58 141 0 0 33 1,027

232

.Some questions that should be explored and answered are:

1. Do local planning administrators consider the relative levels
of reliability of data generated in Lane County acceptable
for planning purposes in their counties?

2. What difficulties may be encountered in extracting real
property data from the files of different county assessors?

3. Are the specific coding and assignment procedures used in
this study transferable to other counties with a minimum of
change?

4. What are the costs of initial implementation and continuing
operation of a system similar to the one described in this
study?

5. How useful are the data produced by the suggested system to
local planners and decision makers in the planning and plan
monitoring process?

The only method of answering these questions is for one or more counties
to implement the methods used in this study on a trial one or two successive
year basis for their counties and record and share their conclusions with
other counties.

233

BIBLIOGRAPHY

This listing and annotation includes published materials which discuss
plan monitoring and evaluation and design aspects of planning data systems
which relate to monitoring applications. Materials which include monitoring
data are listed in Chapter IV rather than here.

Allen, Susan, 1980. "Land Supply and Demand Monitoring: King County
Washington." Urban Land. April, pp. 5-13.

King County's land supply and demand monitoring system is described
and reviewed in this article. Steps for developing a land supply inventory
are presented followed by the components of the land demand analysis (popula-
tion, employment, and housing projections). Comparisons are made between
land supply and demand for King County, and limitations and problems of the
analysis are identified. Finally, improvements to the system and areas for
future research are discussed.

Brooks, Kris and James R. Pease, 1978. Geographic Information Systems: A
Review. Corvallis, Oregon: Oregon State University Extension Service,
May.

This publication provides a good foundation for understanding the
characteristics of a geographic information system. The functions and pro-
cesses of the system are clearly explained in everyday language. Profiles
of selected geographic information systems in the United States are presented.
These include: the Lane County Geographic Data System in Eugene, Oregon;
Gridded Resources Inventory Data System (GRIDS) in Olympia, Washington;
METLAND/COMLUP in Amherst, Massachusetts; Multiple Input Land Use System
(MILUS) in Pasadena, California; Natural Resource Information System/
Illinois Resource Information System (NARIS/IRIS) in Urbana, Illinois;
Polygon Information Overlay System (PIOS II) in San Diego, California;
PTOLOMY in Richland, Washington; and Oak Ridge Regional Modeling Information
System (ORRMIS) in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. The profiles provide brief descrip-
tions, costs, contact people, and comments on each system.

The bibliography includes concise annotations of readings related to
geographic information systems.

Bureau of Government Research and Service, 1982. Data Processing Survey:
Oregon Cities and Oregon Counties, University of Oregon, Eugene.

234

These studies document the extent of computer applications in Oregon's
county and municipal governments. A significant finding is that a very large
proportion of local government units now have computer capability, including
many small jurisdictions throughout the stare.

Catanese, Anthony J., 1979. "Information for Planning," in So, Frank S.,
et al (editors), The Practice of Local Government Planning, Inter-
national City Management Association, Washington, D.C.

This chapter reviews a variety of planning data, provides examples of
how it can be applied in a planning process. The discussion of data col-
lection techniques and methods for analysis are most useful for monitoring
purposes.

Chapin, F. Stuart Jr. and Edward J. Kaiser, 1979. Urban Land Use Planning,
Third Edition. Urbana: University of Illinois Press.

This is a widely used land use planning text which includes several
chapters focusing on planning data needs and data systems.

Chapter 4 outlines the general scope of an information system by
identifying necessary data files, spatial elements common to all files,
and design considerations established as guidelines for users of such a
system.

Chapter 16 defines evaluation as a method of assessing economic, social,
environmental, and fiscal implications of alternative plans in order to
determine the extent objectives are achieved. Included in this chapter are
requisites for an evaluation methodology, notes on selecting a methodology,
and three approaches to land use plan evaluation (Indicators, Goals-Achieve-
ment, and Planning Balance Sheet approaches).

Economic Consultants Oregon, Ltd., 1980. Evaluating the Performance of the
Oregon Coastal Management Program: An Analvtical and Administrative
Framework Eugene.

This report, prepared for DLCD, focuses on means by which the state
can evaluate the performance of the OCMP and the state plan. Although
focused on the coast it includes discussion and examples which are germain
statewide. Included are a) a good discussion of the need for evaluation on
the part of the state and local jurisdictions, b) a useful review of the
state goals, their interpretation for purposes of evaluation and the impor-
tant issues relating to this interpretation, and c) discussions of how each
goal can be evaluated, including the primary questions to 'be investigated
and sources of information which are available for doing so. An example
plan evaluation for a municipality and a county are also included, illus-
trating how the proposed system can be applied.

235

Environmental Systems Research Institute (ESRI), n.d. A Sketchbook of
Experiences: Geographic Information System, Redlands, California.

This monograph uses text and graphics to explain the terms, tech-
niques, and processes of a geographic information system, in particular
visual images and varieties of computer output. A flow chart in the
beginning of the sketchbook sets up the relationships among the different
components of the information system. Proceeding pages graphically display
the contents of each component.

Hatry, Harry P., et.al., 1977. How Effective are Your Community Services:
Procedures for Monitoring the Effectiveness of Municipal Services,
Urban Institute, Washington, D.C.

Although this work focuses primarily on monitoring which relates to
public services it offers some useful general discussion and a variety of
specific ideas about how monitoring data can be collected and analyzed.
Data collection techniques discussed include performance data collection
from administrative records, surveys, field observations, logs of citizen
input, and interviews. A variety of example survey instruments and other
information collection guidelines are included as appendices.

Honeycutt, Dale M., Kristina Brooks and A. Jon Kimerling, 1980. Geographic
Information Systems: a Review of Selected Operational and Functional
Capabilities, Geography Department, Oregon State University, Corvallis.

This is a clear and concise discussion of the characteristics of
geographic data systems and of their development, maintenance and appli-
cation. System design is reviewed (e.g., choices available for geocoding
and data structuring) as well as procedures used for data storage, updating
and applications. Four examples of data systems are reviewed. A glossary
of terms and a bibliography are also included. This report overlaps to
some extent with Brooks and Pease (1978), but emphasizes general discussion
rather than the review of specific data system examples.

International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), 1978. Geographic Data
System Aids Land Use Planning in Eugene, Oregon. Application Brief,
GK20-1148-0 (11/78).

This publication begins with a historic overview of the Lane Council
of Governments- Geographic Data System, followed by a description of the
system's capabilities. These capabilities include the production of tabular
reports (summaries, listings, and cross tabulations), maps of any scale,
correlation or aggregation of selected information for specific areas, and
visual display of selected data on a screen. The benefits of the system are
elaborated upon, and the applications of the system by various municipal
departments are explained.

236

Lichfield, Nathaniel, Peter Kettle and Michael Whitbread, 1975. Evaluation
in the Planning Process, Pergamon Press, Oxford.

This text reviews the role of evaluation in planning and describes a
number of planning projects, highlighting their evaluation components.
Although "evaluation" is a more inclusive activity than "monitoring" as
used in this handbook, certain portions of the discussion provide useful
background and perspective, in particular on how monitoring data collection
and analysis fits with an overall comprehensive planning process. Chapter
1 discusses the role of evaluation in planning. Chapter 2 outlines the
basic steps in planning processes, highlighting the identification of goals
and objectives and their role in establishing the framework for evaluative
analysis. Chapter 3 discusses evaluation in more detail and provides examples
of how it relates to making planning and policy choices. Subsequent chapters
discuss evaluation methodology in more detail; only a limited portion of
this material relates to the comprehensive planning context of Oregon com-
munities.

Schneider, Devon M. with Syed Amanullah, 1979. Computer-Assisted Land
Resources Planning. Report No. 339, Planning Advisory Service.
Chicago: American Planning Association.

This is a helpful report to planners who are looking into the possibility
of acquiring a computerized information system. The report is based on inter-
views with planners of ten agencies who are utilizing such systems.

Chapter 1 suggests a way to research the alternatives of setting up a
computerized system and briefly describes the various systems reviewed in
the report.

Chapter 2 covers some planning applications of the systems. This infor-
mation will help planners to understand the capabilities of the systems and
to judge whether their agency needs such kinds of analysis.

Chapter 3 focuses on the technical aspect of the information systems.
Included in the discussion are the process of selecting a system, developing
its data base, and operating it. This chapter defines relevant computer terms
and provides the planners with enough technical knoweldge to enable them to
ask intelligent questions of consultants and of their agency.

Chapter 4 presents the lessons learned by planners who have already completed
the process of selecting and developing a system. Also included in this
chapter are basic funding needs, staff and time requirements, suggestions
for promoting the system's use, and other management topics.

Finally, the appendices provide specific information on how the ten
agencies developed and used their systems. Annotated bibliographies and
contacts for more information are also included.

237

Wilson, Paul M., n.d. Geoprocessin@ Systems: BASIS Case Study. Auerbach
Publishers, Inc.

This article provides a brief explanation of BASIS, the San Francisco
Bay Area's geoprocessing system. BASIS is a grid cell system which can run
on a minicomputer or a microcomputer. It is designed to provide geocoded
environmental data on the region. A fundamental concept in the BASIS
development is the shared data base which is available to any organization
involved in planning related activities.

Some BASIS applications include hazardous solid waste facility location,
industrial siting, seaport siting, and earthquake mapping. Surnmaries,of
these and other applications are presented.

The author stresses that the key to BASIS successful operation lies in
its data base. An explanation of the development, management, manipulation,
and display of the data base is provided.

Wunderlich, Gene, 1979. Computer-Assisted Land Information System for a
Rural County-RAPLI-II. Agriculture Information Bulletin No. 406..
Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Agriculture Economic Research
Service.

This report describes a relatively inexpensive, simple, and flexible
computer-assisted land information system designed for rural counties. The
system is considered computer-assisted or semi-automatic because some tasks,
such as transcribing information from reports to computers, are done manually.

Data stored in the computer are gathered from several different county
offices to form the data base. The general components of the system include
a geographic locator and three computerized data files on land ownership,
transfers, and physical features. A detailed description of the data files
is presented.

Various applications and reports derived from the system (land use
inventory, transaction report, etc.) are described. Finally, an evaluation
of the system in terms of cost and applicability is presented.

U.S. Department of the Interior, 1977. Comparison of Selected Operational
CaDabilities of Fifty-four Geographic Information Systems, Biological Services
Program, Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C.

Thts document discusses the means by which geographic planning and land
management systems can be described and evaluated, lists 54 such systems
which have been developed throughout the U.S. and Canada, and reviews certain
important characteristics of each. Although the report is now somewhat dated
it offers a useful summary of how geographic data systems have been conceptualized
and developed, and in particular of certain specific characteristics such as
the type of data included, means of geocoding, hardware and software used,
including the computer size and other characteristics, and a person or organi-
zation to which inquiries can be directed.

238

GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS

STATE AGENCIES

ODOA Department of Agriculture

ODED Department of Economic Development (Economic Development Division)

ODOED Department of Education

ODOE Department of Energy

ODEQ Department of Environmental Quality

ODFW Department of Fish and Wildlife

ODOF Department of Forestry

DOGAMI Department of Geology and Mineral Industries

OHD State Housing Division

ODHR Department of Human Resources (Employment Division)

DLCD Department of Land Conservation and Development

OMB Marine Board

ODC Oregon Data Center

OCPRC Center for Population Research and Census

ODSL Division of State Lands

ODOT Department of Transportation

ODWR Department of Water Resources

EFSC Energy Facilities Siting Council

FEDERAL AGENCIES

USDA Department of Agriculture (Extension Service)

COE Army Corps of Engineers

BPA Bonneville Power Administration

239

USDC Department of Commerce (Bureau of the Census, Bureau of Economic
Analysis)

USFWS Fish and Wildlife Service

USFS Forest Service

USGS Geological Survey (Water Resources Division)

BLX Bureau of Land Management

FERC Federal Energy Regulatory Commission

HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development

USDA Department of Agriculture

3 6668 00001 0910